WO2002010406A2 - Metalloproteinase-disintegrin polypeptides and methods of making and use thereof - Google Patents

Metalloproteinase-disintegrin polypeptides and methods of making and use thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2002010406A2
WO2002010406A2 PCT/US2001/023734 US0123734W WO0210406A2 WO 2002010406 A2 WO2002010406 A2 WO 2002010406A2 US 0123734 W US0123734 W US 0123734W WO 0210406 A2 WO0210406 A2 WO 0210406A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
polypeptide
seq
mpd
polypeptides
activity
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2001/023734
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2002010406A3 (en
Inventor
Robert F. Dubose
Steven R. Wiley
Roy A. Black
Original Assignee
Immunex Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Immunex Corporation filed Critical Immunex Corporation
Priority to EP01957300A priority Critical patent/EP1307568A2/en
Priority to JP2002516322A priority patent/JP2004507234A/en
Priority to MXPA03000522A priority patent/MXPA03000522A/en
Priority to US10/343,251 priority patent/US20040091473A1/en
Priority to CA002415436A priority patent/CA2415436A1/en
Priority to AU2001279060A priority patent/AU2001279060A1/en
Publication of WO2002010406A2 publication Critical patent/WO2002010406A2/en
Publication of WO2002010406A3 publication Critical patent/WO2002010406A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N9/00Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
    • C12N9/14Hydrolases (3)
    • C12N9/48Hydrolases (3) acting on peptide bonds (3.4)
    • C12N9/50Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25)
    • C12N9/64Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25) derived from animal tissue
    • C12N9/6421Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25) derived from animal tissue from mammals
    • C12N9/6489Metalloendopeptidases (3.4.24)
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16BBIOINFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR GENETIC OR PROTEIN-RELATED DATA PROCESSING IN COMPUTATIONAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
    • G16B15/00ICT specially adapted for analysing two-dimensional or three-dimensional molecular structures, e.g. structural or functional relations or structure alignment
    • G16B15/30Drug targeting using structural data; Docking or binding prediction
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/02Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16BBIOINFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR GENETIC OR PROTEIN-RELATED DATA PROCESSING IN COMPUTATIONAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
    • G16B15/00ICT specially adapted for analysing two-dimensional or three-dimensional molecular structures, e.g. structural or functional relations or structure alignment
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02ATECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A90/00Technologies having an indirect contribution to adaptation to climate change
    • Y02A90/10Information and communication technologies [ICT] supporting adaptation to climate change, e.g. for weather forecasting or climate simulation

Definitions

  • This invention relates to polypeptides having homology to the human Metalloproteinase- Disintegrin polypeptide family, to polynucleotides encoding such polypeptides, and to methods of making and use thereof.
  • ADAM A Disintegrin And Metalloproteinase domain polypeptides or "ADAMs”
  • ADAMs Metalloproteinase-Disintegrin polypeptides
  • ADAM A Disintegrin And Metalloproteinase domain polypeptides
  • ADAMs ADAMs
  • ADAM family of polypeptides are highly expressed in some cell types including, for example, reproductive tissue or muscle cells.
  • members of the ADAM family of polypeptides are generally constitutively expressed throughout development.
  • ADAM genes include fertilin and ⁇ (involved in the integrin mediated binding and fusion of egg and sperm; previously known as PH-30 ⁇ and ⁇ ), epididymal apical protein I, cyritestin, MDC (a candidate for tumor suppressor in human breast cancer), meltrin- ⁇ (mediates fusion of myoblasts in the process of myotube formation), MS2 (a macrophage surface antigen), and metargidin.
  • fertilin and ⁇ involved in the integrin mediated binding and fusion of egg and sperm; previously known as PH-30 ⁇ and ⁇
  • epididymal apical protein I epididymal apical protein I
  • cyritestin a candidate for tumor suppressor in human breast cancer
  • meltrin- ⁇ mediates fusion of myoblasts in the process of myotube formation
  • MS2 a macrophage surface antigen
  • ADAMTS-1 a new ADAM family gene, named ADAMTS-1, containing a disintegrin and metalloproteinase domain with thrombospondin (TSP) motifs, has been shown to be closely associated with various inflammatory processes, as well as development of cancer cachexia (Kuno, K. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 272:556-562 (1997)).
  • TSP thrombospondin
  • ADAM family polypeptides are cell surface polypeptides that consist of pro-, metalloprotease-like, disintegrin-like, cysteine-rich, epidermal growth factor-like repeat, 'transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains.
  • the metalloproteinase domain is believed to be involved in protein processing functions such as release of growth factors, adhesion proteins, and inflammatory factors.
  • the disintegrin domain may play a role in integrin-mediated cell adhesion (cell to cell and cell to matrix) interactions, such as platelet aggregation, migration of tumor cells or neutrophils, and angiogenesis.
  • ADAM family of polypeptides are most likely mediated through interactions with the substrates of the metalloproteinase and with integrins, with the substrates of the metalloproteinase binding to the metalloproteinase catalytic domain and integrins binding to the disintegrin domain of the ADAM family of polypeptides. Because of their suspected roles in mediation of protein processing functions such as release of growth factors, adhesion proteins, and inflammatory factors and cell adhesion, the ADAM family of polypeptides are suspected of being associated with inflammation, cancer, allergy, reproductive, and vascular conditions. Characteristics and activities of the ADAM polypeptide family are described further in Black, R.A. and White, J.M., 1998, Curr. Opin. in Cell Biol. 10: 654-659; and in Schlondorff, J. and Blobel, C.P, 1999, J. Cell Sci. 112: 3603-3617; which are inco ⁇ orated by reference herein.
  • MPD metallorjroteinase-disintegrin
  • ADAM A Disintegrin And Metalloproteinase
  • the present invention provides a substantially purified polypeptide comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of: SEQ ID Nos: 3-4, and 6-27; fragments of SEQ ID NO:6 having disintegrin activity; fragments of SEQ ID NO: 8 having disintegrin activity; fragments of SEQ ID NO: 14 having disintegrin activity; fragments of SEQ ID NO:24 having metalloproteinase activity; fragments of SEQ ID NO:24 having disintegrin activity; SEQ ID NO:6 from about residue 43 to 148; SEQ ID NO: 8 from about residue 1 to 366; SEQ ID NO: 8 from about residue 38 to 366; SEQ U) NO: 14 from about residue 1 to 622; SEQ ID NO: 14 from about residue 84 to 622; SEQ ID NO: 14 from about residue 299 to 622; SEQ ID NO:21 from about residue 1 to 701; SEQ ID NO:24 from about residue 1 to 277; SEQ ID NO:24 from about residue 278 to 435; SEQ ID NO:25 from
  • the invention also provides a substantially purified polypeptide comprising a sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or at least 97% homologous to a sequence as set forth in SEQ ID NO:3-4, 6-11, 13-18, 20, or 23-27 wherein the polypeptide has a metalloproteinase or disintegrin activity.
  • the invention further provides a polypeptide, as set forth above, linked to a second polypeptide, wherein the second polypeptide is a leucine zipper polypeptide, an Fc polypeptide, or a peptide linker moiety.
  • the invention further includes an isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide of as set forth above, as well as vectors comprising the polynucleotide, and recombinant host cells comprising a polynucleotide of the invention.
  • the invention also provides a method for producing a polypeptide, comprising culturing a host cell containing a polynucleotide of the invention under conditions promoting expression of the polypeptide.
  • the invention further provides a polypeptide produced by culturing a host cell comprising a polynucleotide of the invention under conditions to promote expression of the polypeptide.
  • the invention provides a substantially purified antibody that specifically binds to a polypeptide of as set forth above.
  • the antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
  • the antibody is a human or humanized antibody.
  • Also provided by the invention is a method of designing an inhibitor or binding agent of a polypeptide as set forth above or herein, comprising determining the three-dimensional structure of the polypeptide, analyzing the three-dimensional structure for binding sites of substrates or ligands, designing a molecule that is predicted to interact with the polypeptide, and determining the inhibitory or binding activity of the molecule.
  • the invention further provides a method for identifying an agent that modulates an activity of a polypeptide as set forth herein, comprising contacting the agent with the polypeptide under conditions such that the agent and the polypeptide interact; and determining activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the agent compared to a control (e.g., the polypeptide in the absence of the agent) wherein a change in activity is indicative of an agent that modulates the polypeptide' s activity.
  • the activity of the polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of disintegrin activity, cell adhesion activity, angiogenic activity, metalloproteinase activity, and a combination thereof (e.g., metalloproteinase and disintegrin activity).
  • the agent is selected from the group consisting of an antibody, a small molecule, a peptide, and a peptidomimetic.
  • the invention also provides a method for modulating angiogenesis in a cell or mammal, comprising contacting or administering to the cell or mammal a polypeptide of the invention as set forth herein in an amount effective to modulate disintegrin activity.
  • the cell may be contacted in vitro or in vivo.
  • Also provided by the invention is a method for modulating endothelial cell migration, comprising contacting the endothelial cell with a polypeptide of the invention, as set forth herein.
  • the invention provides a method of inhibiting the binding of an integrin to a ligand comprising contacting or administering to a cell or mammal that expresses the integrin an effective amount of a polypeptide having disintegrin activity, hi one embodiment, the mammal is afflicted with a condition selected from the group consisting of ocular disorders; malignant and metastatic conditions; inflammatory diseases; osteoporosis and other conditions mediated by accelerated bone reso ⁇ tion; restenosis; inappropriate platelet activation, recruitment, or aggregation; thrombosis; and a condition requiring tissue repair or wound healing.
  • polypeptides of the invention and the methods of the invention include polypeptides in the form of a multimer (e.g., a dimer or trimer).
  • the multimer can comprise an Fc polypeptide, a leucine zipper, or a peptide linker.
  • the invention further provides a system for analyzing polypeptides or polynucleotides of the invention comprising a data set representing a set of one or more polypeptides as set forth herein; a computer; and a computer algorithm in an executable format on the computer for analyzing the polypeptides.
  • Figure 1 shows polypeptide sequences of the invention in single letter amino acid code.
  • X represents any amino acids or a plurality of any amino acids.
  • the invention provides polypeptides having or predicted to have metalloproteinase and/or disintegrin activity.
  • metalloproteinase-like/disintegrin-like (MPD) polypeptides find use in the treatment and diagnosis of integrin-associated and metalloproteinase-associated diseases and disorders and well as use in the development of diagnositics and related therapeutics.
  • MMPs Matrix metalloproteinases
  • MMPs include the collagenases, gelatinases A and B, the stromelysins, matrilysin, metalloelastase, and the membrane-type matrix metalloproteinases. Over-expression and activation of MMPs have been linked with a range of diseases, such as arthritis, cancer, and multiple sclerosis.
  • MMPs classically have been implicated in basement membrane destruction associated with late-stage tumor cell invasion and metastasis, one MMP member, matrilysin, has been shown to be expressed in early stage human colorectal tumors.
  • MMPs can contribute to destructive processes including tumor invasiveness (Mignatti and Rifkin, Cell 47:487-498, 1986; and Khokha et al, Science 243:947- 950, 1989), arthritis (Dean et al, J. Clin. Invest. 84:678-685, 1989; and McCachren, Arthritis Rheum.
  • the metalloproteinases identified herein are candidate proteins contributing to the pathogenesis of, for example, inflammatory diseases and disorders. Accordingly, the metalloproteinase polypeptides provided herein can be used to treat inflammatory disorders and as a source for the development of inhibitors both in s ⁇ lico and in vitro. Inhibitors to the metalloproteinases provided herein can amerliorate diseases and disorders associated with excessive proteinase activity including, for example, inflammation.
  • the disintegrin domain of ADAM family proteins functions in the prevention of integrin- mediated cell to cell and cell to matrix interactions, such as platelet aggregation, adhesion, and migration of tumor cells or neutrophils, and angiogenesis.
  • Previously described disintegrins such as contortrostatin (Trikha et al., Cancer Research 54:4993-4998, 1994) have been used to inhibit human metastatic melanoma (M24 cells) cell adhesion to type I collagen, vitronectin, and fibronection, but not laminin. Further, contortrostatin inhibits lung colonization of M24 cells in a murine metastasis model.
  • the structure of most metalloproteinase-disintegrin polypeptides includes a signal domain, a metalloproteinase domain, a disintegrin domain, a transmembrane domain and a cytoplasmic domain.
  • the typical structural elements common to various members of the ADAM family of polypeptides include, in N-to-C order, a signal sequence, a prodomain, a metalloproteinase domain, a disintegrin domain, a cysteine-rich domain, a transmembrane domain, and a cytoplasmic domain.
  • ADAMs with the conserved metalloprotease active site sequence of SEQ ID NO:28 include ADAMs 1, 8-10, 12-13, 15-17, 19-21, 24-26, 28, and 30.
  • the metalloproteinase catalytic domains also contain four conserved cysteines that may be required for the formation of a functional polypeptide structure through disulfide bonds.
  • ADAM family of polypeptides There are 31 highly conserved cysteines in the disintegrin and cysteine rich region; almost all of the ADAM family of polypeptides have these 31 cysteines. The skilled artisan will recognize that the boundaries of these regions within the polypeptides are approximate and that the precise boundaries of such domains (which can be predicted by using computer programs available for that pmpose) can differ from member to member within the ADAM family of polypeptides.
  • the ADAM family of polypeptides is reasonably well conserved, with the human family members similar to each other and to ADAM family members from other species such as mouse, rat, and even Drosophila melanogaster and Caenorhabditis elegans (see, e.g., Yamamoto et al., Immunol.
  • ADAM family of polypeptides can be defined on the basis of sequence similarity and related biological activities.
  • One such subfamily comprises the ADAMIO and ADAM17/TACE polypeptides, which show greater sequence similarity to each other compared to other members identified so far within the ADAM family of polypeptides.
  • ADAMs 10 and 17 have 21 cysteines in the disintegrin- cysteine rich region in contrast to the 31 conserved cysteines in this region among the other ADAMs. Accordingly, ADAMs may have from 20 to 31 conserved cysteines (e.g., 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, or 31 conserved cysteines).
  • ADAM17/TACE and ADAM-10 are also "sheddases,” meaning they are believed to cleave and release the extracellular domains of other membrane proteins.
  • the major function of another subfamily may be to bind integrins or other proteins.
  • ADAM-2 for example, is processed to remove both the prodomain and the metalloproteinase catalytic domain so as to expose the disintegrin domain and allow it to bind to its cognate.
  • Another subfamily that can be defined are the ADAMs that appear to be testis-specific; these proteins include ADAMs 2-3, 16, 18, 20-21, 24-26, and 29-30; with ADAMs 5 and 6 being primarily testis-specific.
  • Polypeptides of the ADAM family are expressed in many cell types including, for example, uritogenital tissues (e.g., kidney tissue and reproductive tissue), neurologic tissue, and muscle cells.
  • Some binding partners for ADAM polypeptides are expressed, for example, by endothelial cells and T cells, as displayed by the disintegrin-cysteine rich domains of several ADAM family polypeptides binding to endothelial cells, at least partly through interaction with integrins, and to T cells.
  • the interactions between members of the ADAM family of polypeptides and their binding partners are likely involved in mediating interactions between cell types including reproductive tissue, neurologic tissue, and muscle cells, and binding-partner-expressing endothelial cells and T cells.
  • the disintegrin domain of some ADAM family polypeptides can interact with binding partners such as cell surface integrins (see, e.g., co-pending International Application Serial No. PCT/US01/05701, the disclosure of which is inco ⁇ orated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • binding partners such as cell surface integrins (see, e.g., co-pending International Application Serial No. PCT/US01/05701, the disclosure of which is inco ⁇ orated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • a disintegrin domain polypeptide can inhibit the biological activities (e.g., angiogenesis) mediated via binding of an ADAM polypeptide to its binding partner.
  • ADAM family polypeptides exhibit integrin-binding activities via the disintegrin domain
  • modulation of disintegrin activity will modulate adhesion, e.g., the role of ADAMs 1 and 2 in sperm binding to egg and the role of ADAM-9 in interactions of glomerular and tubular epithelial cells with the basal laminae in renal tissue.
  • the degree to which individual members of the ADAM family of polypeptides and fragments and other derivatives of these polypeptides exhibit these activities can be determined by standard assay methods, such as inhibition of endothelial cell migration by disintegrin-Fc constructs, and the like.
  • Particularly suitable assays to detect or measure the binding between ADAM polypeptides and their binding partners are FACS analyses.
  • ADAM family polypeptides are described below.
  • Polypeptides of the invention lacking a metalloproteinase domain are contemplated by the present invention and may act as a dominant negative with respect to the metalloproteinase activity of other ADAM family polypeptides (see, e.g., International Publication WO/ , entitled, "A HUMAN
  • Polypeptides of the ADAM family are involved in inflammation, cancer, allergy, reproductive, neural disorders and diseases, angiogenesis and vascular diseases or conditions that share as a common feature integrin-associated interactions via disintegrin activity and/or protein degradation via metalloproteinase activity.
  • inflammation, cancer, allergy, reproductive, neural disorders and diseases, angiogenesis and vascular conditions that are known or are likely to involve the biological activities of ADAM polypeptides are rheumatoid arthritis, septic shock, glomerular diseases, acute renal failure, Alzheimer's disease, and inappropriate bone reso ⁇ tion.
  • Blocking or inhibiting the interactions between members of the ADAM family of polypeptides and their substrates, ligands, receptors, binding partners, or other interacting polypeptides is an aspect of the invention and provides methods for treating, modulating, or ameliorating these diseases and conditions through the use of inhibitors or modulators of ADAM polypeptide activity.
  • interaction between members of the ADAM family of polypeptides and their cognates is affected by contacting a sample containing an ADAM family polypeptide or its cognate with an MPD polypeptide or anti-MPD antibody.
  • methods of treating or ameliorating these conditions comprise increasing the amount or activity of, for example, MPD polypeptides having disintegrin activity by providing such polypeptides or active fragments or fusion polypeptides thereof, or by providing agents that activate endogenous or exogenous MPD polypeptides.
  • MPD polypeptides having disintegrin activity include diagnostic reagents for inflammation, cancer, allergy, reproductive, neural disorders, and vascular diseases; research reagents for investigation of integrin polypeptides and fertilization processes, purification and processing of integrins and/or endothelial cells or T cells; or as a carrier/targeting polypeptide to deliver therapeutic agents to cells.
  • protein and polypeptide mean any chain of amino acids, regardless of length or post-translational modification (e.g., glycosylation or phosphorylation), and include natural proteins, synthetic or recombinant polypeptides and peptides as well as a recombinant molecule consisting of a hybrid with one portion, for example, comprising all or part of an MPD amino acid sequence and a second portion being encoded by all or part of a different nucleotide sequence.
  • the protein or polypeptide is substantially pure of other components from which it is normally present in nature.
  • substantially pure or “purified” when referring to a polypeptide means a polypeptide that is at least 30% free from the proteins and naturally-occurring organic molecules with which it is naturally associated.
  • the substantially pure polypeptide of the invention is at least 35 to 50%; preferably 60 to 70%; more preferably at least 75% to 90%; and most preferably at least 99% by weight purified from other naturally occurring molecules.
  • a substantially pure polypeptide of the invention can be obtained, for example, by extraction from a natural source, by expression of a recombinant polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide, or by chemically synthesizing the polypeptide. Purity can be measured by any appropriate method, e.g., chromatography, PAGE, or HPLC analysis.
  • MPD polypeptide means a polypeptide that contains or comprises an amino acid sequence as set forth in Figure 1; polypeptides having substantial homology or substantial identity to the sequences set forth in Figure 1; fragments of the foregoing sequences; and conservative variants of the foregoing.
  • the invention provides MPD polypeptides comprising a sequence as set forth in SEQ ID Nos: 1 to 27.
  • MPD polypeptides comprising sequence associated with disintegrin acitvity include SEQ ID NO:6; SEQ ID NO:6 from about residue 43 to 148; SEQ ED NO:8 from about residue 1 to 366; SEQ ED NO:8 from about residue 38 to 366; SEQ ID NO: 11; SEQ ED NO: 13; SEQ ED NO: 14 from about residue 1 to 622; SEQ ID NO: 14 from about residue 84 to 622; SEQ ED NO: 14 from about residue 299 to 622; SEQ ID NO: 16; SEQ ED NO:21 from about residue 1 to 701; SEQ ID NO:23; SEQ ID NO:24; SEQ ED NO:24 from about residue 278 to 435; SEQ ID NO:25 from about residue 1 to 627; SEQ ED NO:26; and SEQ ED NO:26 from about residue 224 to 383, termed herein "MPD disintegrin polypeptides,” (MPDdis).
  • the term "between about” or “from about” will be understood to include sequences between any such referenced residues of a sequence.
  • “from about 43 to 148” means 44 to 148, 45 to 148, 46 to 148, and so on; and 43 to 147, 43 to 146, and so on.
  • MPD polypeptides comprising sequences associated withi metalloproteinase activity include SEQ ED NO: 14 from about residue 1 to 622; SEQ D NO: 14 from about residue 84 to 622; SEQ ID NO: 18; SEQ ED NO:21 from about residue 1 to 701; SEQ ID NO:22; SEQ ID NO:24; SEQ ED NO:24 from about residue 1 to 277; SEQ ID NO:25 from about residue 1 to 332; SEQ ED NO:25 from about residue 1 to 627; SEQ ED NO:26 from about residue 1 to 215; SEQ ED NO:26 from about residue 118 to 215; and SEQ ED NO:26, termed herein "MPD metalloproteinase polypeptides.”
  • the MPD polypeptides have been shown to have a high degree of homology to members of the ADAM family and related metalloproteinase/disintegrin polypeptides and thus have a predicted function or activity of an ADAM polypeptide, a disintegrin polypeptide, or a metalloproteinase polypeptide. Accordingly, the invention provides an MPD polypeptide comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ED Nos:l to 26, and 27. In one embodiment, the MPD polypeptide has disintegrin activity, metalloproteinase activity, or a combination thereof.
  • Methods of determining whether a polypeptide of the invention has a desired disintegrin activity or metalloproteinase activity can be accomplished by assaying the polypeptide by any of the methods described herein below.
  • a number of conserved sequences have been identified in ADAM and matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs) including, for example, the HExGHxxGxxHD motif (SEQ ID N0:28).
  • MMPs matrix metalloproteinases
  • a potential conserved motif includes a LNIx(I/V)(A/V)LVGLE(V/l)WT motif (SEQ D NO:29).
  • SEQ ED Nos:4 to 5, 10, 14, 21 to 22, and 25 to 26 comprise the sequence HexGHxxGxxHD (SEQ ID NO:28) at residues 208 to 219, 15 to 26, 229 to 240, 555 to 566, 3 to 14, 269 to 280, and 154 to 165, respectively.
  • SEQ ED NO:24 comprises a sequence that has substantial identity to the conserved HexGHxxGxxHD motif.
  • a polypeptide comprising SEQ ED NO: 4, 5, 10, 14, 21, 22, 24, 25, or 26 is predicted to have metalloproteinase activity.
  • SEQ ED Nos:4, 8, 10, 14, 18 to 19, 21, and 25 comprise a sequence having identity with the LNIx(IW)(A/V)LVGLE(V/I)WT motif and thus a polypeptide comprising SEQ ED NO: 4, 8, 10, 14, 18 to 19, 21, or 25 is predicted to have metalloproteinase activity.
  • the invention also provides SEQ ED Nos:2, 3, 7, 9, 17, 20, and 27 which have a high degree of homology to the Testicular Metalloproteinase-like, Disintegrin-like, Cysteine rich (TMDC) protein family, including TMDC III, TMDC EVA, and TMDC IVC. Table 1 shows the relative identity of representative polypeptides of the invention with TMDC protein family members. Accordingly, polypeptides comprising sequences as set forth in SEQ ID Nos: 2, 3, 7, 9, 17, 20, or 27, and fragments thereof having metalloproteinase activity and/or disintegrin activity are provided herein.
  • the invention also provides polypeptides having homology to the ADAM (A Disintegrin And Metalloproteinase) family of proteins.
  • Such polypeptides include metalloproteinase domains.
  • the metalloproteinase domain of the polypeptides comprising SEQ D Nos:4, 10, 14, 21, 25, and 26 comprise a sequence from about amino acids residues 65 to 274 of SEQ ED NO:4; 24 to 235 of SEQ ID NO:10; 85 to 290 of SEQ ID NO:14; 202 to 411 of SEQ ED NO:21; 123 to 332 of SEQ ID NO:25; and 118 to 215 of SEQ ID NO:26.
  • N-terminal and C-terminal residues of the respective metalloproteinase domains are approximate and variations of about 1 to 10 amino acid(s) from either end of the domain will not depart from the scope of the present invention.
  • the addition of amino acids to either end of the domain may not change the molecule's activity.
  • the effects of any such modification can be assayed using the methods described herein.
  • Polypeptides comprising sequences as set forth in SEQ ED Nos: 2 to 5, 7 to 10, 14, 17 to 19, 21 to 22, and 24 to 27 may also have disintegrin activity in addition to metalloproteinase activity.
  • the disintegrin domain is typically characterized as containing a conserved motif having a sequence CGN(G/K)x(L/V)(E/D)x(G/N)EECDCG (SEQ ID NO:30) (herein after the "CGN- GEEC" motif).
  • the present invention provides polypeptides having disintegrin activity characterized as having a motif with substantial identity to the
  • SEQ ED NO: 11 has a putative CGN-GEEC sequence at residues 43 to 57 and thus a polypeptide comprising SEQ ED NO: 11 is predicted to have disintegrin activity.
  • ADAM family of proteins are characterized as having a number of conserved cysteine residues in their disintegrin and cysteine-rich domains. For example, SEQ ED Nos:6, 8, 12, 13, 16, and 23, when aligned with a number of ADAM family members (e.g., ADAM9 (accession no. NP 003807, which is inco ⁇ orated herein by reference)), align with the conserved cysteine residues in the disintegrin domain of such ADAM family members.
  • the invention also provides polypeptides comprising a sequence as set forth in
  • Table 2 provides a summary of the relative domains and residues characterizing the domains of some of the polypeptides of the invention.
  • the relative domains and residues corresponding to such activity are estimates based on similar molecules and computer algorithms and accordingly may vary slightly depending upon a number of factors including, for example, the source of material, the cell type used, the expression system used, and the like. Such factors will
  • the invention further provides polypeptides having metalloproteinase activity and/or disintegrin activity comprising SEQ ID NO: 15.
  • SEQ ED NO: 15 has homology to ADAM 9 immediately following the metalloproteinase and before the disintegrin domain of ADAM 9.
  • a polypeptide of the invention also encompasses an amino acid sequence that has a sufficient or a substantial degree of identity or similarity to a sequence set forth in Figure 1.
  • Substantially identical sequences can be identified by those of skill in the art as having structural domains and/or having biological activity in common with an MPD polypeptide. Methods of determining similarity or identity may employ computer algorithms such as, e.g., BLAST, FASTA, and the like.
  • substantially identical in the context of two nucleic acids or polypeptides, refers to sequences or subsequences that have at least 50%, 60%, preferably 80% or 85%, more preferably 90 to 95%, and most preferably 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% nucleotide or amino acid residue identity when aligned for maximum correspondence over a comparison window as measured by, for example, a sequence comparison algorithm or by manual alignment and visual inspection.
  • This definition also refers to the complement of a test sequence, which has substantial sequence or subsequence complementarity when the test sequence has substantial identity to a reference sequence.
  • a “comparison window,” as used herein, includes reference to a segment of any one of the number of contiguous positions selected from the group consisting of from 20 to 1800, usually about 50 to 200, more usually about 70 to 150 in which a sequence may be compared to a reference sequence of the same number of contiguous positions after the two sequences are optimally aligned.
  • sequence comparison typically one sequence acts as a reference sequence, to which test sequences are compared.
  • test and reference sequences are entered into a computer, subsequence coordinates are designated, if necessary, and sequence algorithm program parameters are designated. Default program parameters can be used, or alternative parameters can be designated.
  • sequence comparison algorithm then calculates the percent sequence identities for the test sequences relative to the reference sequence, based on the program parameters.
  • Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison can be conducted, e.g., by the local homology algorithm of Smith & Waterman, Adv. Appl. Math. 2:482 (1981), by the homology alignment algorithm of Needleman & Wunsch, J. Mol. Biol. 48:443 (1970), by the search for similarity method of Pearson & Lipman, Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA 85:2444 (1988), by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFtT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Dr., Madison, Wis.), or by manual alignment and visual inspection.
  • PILEUP creates a multiple sequence alignment from a group of related sequences using progressive, pairwise alignments to show relationship and percent sequence identity.
  • PILEUP uses a simplification of the progressive alignment method of Feng & Doolittle, J. Mol. Evol. 35:351 (1987), and is similar to the method described by Higgins & Sha ⁇ , CABIOS 5:151 (1989).
  • the multiple alignment procedure begins with the pairwise alignment of the two most similar sequences, producing a cluster of two aligned sequences. This cluster is then aligned to the next most related sequence or cluster of aligned sequences. Two clusters of sequences are aligned by a simple extension of the pairwise alignment of two individual sequences.
  • the final alignment is achieved by a series of progressive, pairwise alignments.
  • a reference sequence can be compared to other test sequences to determine the percent sequence identity relationship using the following parameters: default gap weight (3.00), default gap length weight (0.10), and weighted end gaps.
  • HSPs high scoring sequence pairs
  • the word hits are extended in both directions along each sequence for as far as the cumulative alignment score can be increased. Extension of the word hits in each direction are halted when: the cumulative alignment score falls off by the quantity X from its maximum achieved value; the cumulative score goes to zero or below, due to the accumulation of one or more negative-scoring residue alignments; or the end of either sequence is reached.
  • BLAST algorithm One measure of similarity provided by the BLAST algorithm is the smallest sum probability (P(N)), which provides an indication of the probability by which a match between two nucleotide or amino acid sequences would occur by chance.
  • P(N) the smallest sum probability
  • a nucleic acid is considered similar to a reference sequence if the smallest sum probability in a comparison of the test nucleic acid to the reference nucleic acid is less than about 0.2, more preferably less than about 0.01, and most preferably less than about 0.001.
  • the percent identity of two amino acid or two nucleic acid sequences can be determined by comparing sequence information using the GAP computer program, version 6.0 described by Devereux et al. (Nucl. Acids Res.
  • the preferred default parameters for the GAP program include: (1) a unary comparison matrix (containing a value of 1 for identities and 0 for non- identities) for nucleotides, and the weighted comparison matrix of Gribskov and Burgess, Nucl. Acids Res. 14:6745, 1986, as described by Schwartz and Dayhoff, eds., Atlas of Polypeptide Sequence and Structure, National Biomedical Research Foundation, pp. 353-358, 1979; (2) a penalty of 3.0 for each gap and an additional 0.10 penalty for each symbol in each gap; and (3) no penalty for end gaps.
  • substitutions, deletions or additions to a nucleic acid sequence, peptide, or polypeptide sequence that alters, adds or deletes a single amino acid or a small percentage of amino acids in the encoded sequence is a "conservatively modified variant" where the alteration results in a molecule having substantially the same biological activity (e.g., disintegrin and/or metalloproteinase activity).
  • an alteration that results in the substitution of an amino acid with a chemically similar amino acid is a conservatively modified variant.
  • Conservative substitution tables providing functionally similar amino acids are known in the art.
  • the following six groups each contain amino acids that are conservative substitutions for one another 1) Alanine (A), Serine (S), Threonine (T); 2) Aspartic acid (D), Glutamic acid (E); 3) Asparagine (N), Glutamine (Q); 4) Arginine (R), Lysine (K); 5) Isoleucine (I), Leucine (L), Methionine (M), Valine (V); and 6) Phenylalanine (F), Tyrosine (Y), Tryptophan (W) (see, e.g., Creighton, Proteins (1984)).
  • polypeptide encoded by a first polynucleotide is immunologically cross reactive with the antibodies raised against the polypeptide encoded by a second polynucleotide.
  • Another indication that two polynucleotides are substantially identical is that the two molecules or their complements hybridize to each other under stringent conditions.
  • Polypeptides derived from the MPD polypeptides of the invention by any type of alteration are also encompassed by the invention. Therefore, the polypeptides provided by the invention include polypeptides characterized by amino acid sequences similar to those as set forth in Figure 1, but into which modifications are naturally provided or deliberately engineered.
  • a polypeptide that shares biological activities in common with a polypeptide comprising a sequence as set forth in SEQ D NO: 1-26, or 27 having disintegrin activity and/or metalloproteinase activity are encompassed by the invention.
  • the present invention encompasses the use of various forms of MPD disintegrin polypeptides or domains that retain at least one activity selected from the group consisting of integrin binding activity, inhibition of endothelial cell migration, and inhibition of angiogenesis.
  • a MPD disintegrin polypeptide/domain (MPDdis) is intended to encompass polypeptides comprising all or part of an MPD polypeptide of the invention having disintegrin activity.
  • an MPDdis contains all or part of an MPD disintegrin domain, with or without other domains (such as the cysteine-rich region), as well as related forms including, but not limited to: (a) fragments, (b) variants, (c) derivatives, (d) fusion polypeptides, and (e) multimeric forms (multimers).
  • the ability of these related forms to inhibit integrin binding, endothelial cell migration, and/or inhibition of angiogenesis may be determined in vitro or in vivo by using methods such as those exemplified below or by using other assays known in the art.
  • One of skill in the art can easily assay for activity using the methods described herein. Such methods measure, for example, metalloproteinase activity, disintegrin activity, or a biological activities exhibited by members of the ADAM family of polypeptides including, without limitation, cell adhesion.
  • anti-MPD antibodies which neutralize MPD activity (e.g, metalloproteinase activity and/or disintegrin activity) can be used to assay for similar polypeptides by contacting an anti-MPD antibody with a polypeptide of interest and determining if the activity associated with the polypeptide of interest is neutralized.
  • the cross-reactivity of an antibody that specifically binds to an MPD polypeptide of the invention with another polypeptide of interest is indicative that the polypeptide of interest shares structural characteristics (e.g., primary, secondary, or tertiary protein characteristics) with an MPD polypeptide of the invention.
  • Full-length polypeptides are those having the complete primary amino acid sequence of the polypeptide as initially translated.
  • the amino acid sequences of full-length polypeptides can be obtained, for example, by translation of the complete open reading frame ("ORF") of a cDNA molecule.
  • ORF complete open reading frame
  • Several full-length polypeptides may be encoded by a single genetic locus if multiple mRNA forms are produced from that locus by alternative splicing or by the use of multiple translation initiation sites.
  • the "mature form" of a polypeptide refers to a polypeptide that has undergone post- translational processing steps, if any, such as, for example, cleavage of the signal sequence or proteolytic cleavage to remove a prodomain.
  • Multiple mature forms of a particular full-length polypeptide may be produced, for example, by imprecise cleavage of the signal sequence, or by differential regulation of proteases that cleave the polypeptide.
  • the mature form(s) of such polypeptide may be obtained by expression, in a suitable mammalian cell or other host cell, of a polynucleotide that encodes the full-length polypeptide.
  • the sequence of the mature form of the polypeptide may also be determinable from the amino acid sequence of the full-length form, through identification of signal sequences or protease cleavage sites.
  • the MPD polypeptides of the invention also include polypeptides that result from post-transcriptional or post-translational processing events such as alternate mRNA processing which can yield a truncated but biologically active polypeptide, for example, a naturally occurring soluble form of the polypeptide.
  • variations attributable to proteolysis such as differences in the N- or C-termini upon expression in different types of host cells, due to proteolytic removal of one or more terminal amino acids from the polypeptide (generally from 1-5 terminal amino acids).
  • a polypeptide of the invention may be prepared by culturing transformed or recombinant host cells under culture conditions suitable to express a polypeptide of the invention.
  • the resulting expressed polypeptide may then be purified from such culture using known purification processes, such as gel filtration and ion exchange chromatography.
  • the purification of the polypeptide may also include an affinity column containing agents which will bind to the polypeptide; one or more column steps over such affinity resins as concanavalin A-agarose, heparin-toyopearl® or Cibacrom blue 3GA Sepharose®; one or more steps involving hydrophobic interaction chromatography using such resins as phenyl ether, butyl ether, or propyl ether; or immunoaffinity chromatography.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may also be expressed in a form that will facilitate purification.
  • it may be expressed as a fusion polypeptide, joined to, for example, maltose binding polypeptide (MBP), glutathione-S-transferase (GST) or thioredoxin (TRX). Kits for expression and purification of such fusion polypeptides are commercially available from New England BioLab (Beverly, MA), Pharmacia (Piscataway, NJ), and InVitrogen, respectively.
  • MBP maltose binding polypeptide
  • GST glutathione-S-transferase
  • TRX thioredoxin
  • RP-HPLC reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography
  • polypeptide thus purified is substantially free of other mammalian polypeptides and is defined in accordance with the invention as a "substantially purified polypeptide"; such purified polypeptides include antibodies that specifically bind to an MPD polypeptide, fragment, variant, and the like.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may also be expressed as a product of transgenic animals, e.g., as a component of the milk of transgenic cows, goats, pigs, or sheep which are characterized by somatic or germ cells containing a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide of the invention.
  • an affinity column such as a monoclonal antibody generated against polypeptides of the invention, to affinity-purify expressed polypeptides.
  • These polypeptides can be removed from an affinity column using conventional techniques, e.g., in a high salt elution buffer and then dialyzed into a lower salt buffer for use or by changing pH or other components depending on the affinity matrix utilized, or be competitively removed using the naturally occurring substrate of the affinity moiety, such as a polypeptide derived from the invention.
  • proteins that bind a polypeptide of the invention can be bound to a solid phase support or a similar substrate suitable for identifying, separating, or purifying cells that express polypeptides of the invention on their surface.
  • Adherence of, for example, an anti-MPD antibody of the invention to a solid phase surface can be accomplished by any means, for example, magnetic microspheres can be coated with these polypeptide-binding proteins and held in the incubation vessel through a magnetic field. Suspensions of cell mixtures are contacted with the solid phase that has such polypeptide-binding proteins thereon.
  • Anti-MPD antibodies bind cells having polypeptides of the invention on their surface (e.g., an extracellular domain of MPD). Unbound cells (e.g., cell lacking and MPD polypeptide) are washed away from the bound cells.
  • This affinity-binding method is useful for purifying, screening, or separating such polypeptide-expressing cells from solution.
  • Methods of releasing positively selected cells from the solid phase are known in the art and encompass, for example, the use of enzymes. Such enzymes are preferably non-toxic and non-injurious to the cells and are preferably directed to cleaving the cell-surface binding partner.
  • mixtures of cells suspected of containing polypeptide-expressing cells of the invention are first incubated with a biotinylated binding polypeptide of the invention. Incubation periods are typically at least one hour in duration to ensure sufficient binding to polypeptides of the invention.
  • the resulting mixture then is passed through a column packed with avidin-coated beads, whereby the high affinity of biotin for avidin provides the binding of the cells to the beads.
  • avidin-coated beads is known in the art (see, Berenson, et al I. Cell. Biochem., 10D:239, 1986). Wash of unbound material and the release of the bound cells is performed using conventional methods.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may also be produced by known conventional chemical synthesis. Methods for constructing the polypeptides of the invention by synthetic means are known to those skilled in the art.
  • the synthetically-constructed polypeptide sequences by virtue of sharing primary, secondary or tertiary structural and/or conformational characteristics with a native polypeptides may possess biological properties in common therewith, including biological activity.
  • the synthesized polypeptides may be employed as biologically active or immunological substitutes for natural, purified polypeptides in screening of therapeutic compounds, and in immunological processes for the development of antibodies.
  • the desired degree of purity depends on the intended use of the polypeptide.
  • a relatively high degree of purity is desired when the polypeptide is to be administered in vivo, for example.
  • the polypeptides are purified such that no polypeptide bands corresponding to other polypeptides are detectable upon analysis by SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS- PAGE). It will be recognized by one skilled in the pertinent field that multiple bands corresponding to the polypeptide can be visualized by SDS-PAGE, due to differential glycosylation, differential post-translational processing, and the like.
  • the polypeptide of the invention is purified to substantial homogeneity, as indicated by a single polypeptide band upon analysis by SDS-PAGE. The polypeptide band can be visualized by silver staining, Coomassie blue staining, or (if the polypeptide is radiolabeled) by autoradiography.
  • Species homologues of MPD polypeptides and polynucleotides encoding the polypeptides are also provided by the invention.
  • a "species homologue” is a polypeptide or polynucleotide with a different species of origin from that of a given polypeptide or polynucleotide, but with significant sequence similarity to the given polypeptide or polynucleotide.
  • Species homologues may be isolated and identified by making suitable probes or primers from polynucleotides encoding the polypeptides provided herein and screening a suitable nucleic acid source from the desired species.
  • homologues may be identified by screening a genome database containing sequences from one or more species utilizing a sequence (e.g., nucleic acid or amino acid sequence) of an MPD of the invention.
  • genome databases are readily available for a number of species (e.g., on the world wide web (www) at tigr.org/tdb; genetics.wisc.edu; stanford.edu/ ⁇ ball; hiv-web.lanl.gov; ncbi.nlm.nig.gov; ebi.ac.uk; and pasteur.fr/other/biology).
  • the invention also encompasses allelic variants of MPD polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding them that are naturally-occurring alternative forms of such polypeptides and polynucleotides in which differences in amino acid or nucleotide sequence are attributable to genetic polymo ⁇ hism.
  • Saturated BLAST is a package that performs ISS. Starting with a protein sequence, Saturated BLAST runs a BLAST search and identifies representative sequences for the next generation of searches. The procedure is run until convergence or until some predefined criteria are met. Saturated BLAST is available on the world wide web (www) at: bioinformatics.burnham-inst.org/xblast (see also, Li et al Bioinformatics 16(12): 1105, 2000).
  • Fragments of the MPD polypeptides of the invention are encompassed by the invention and may be in linear form or cyclized using known methods (see, e.g., H.U. Saragovi, et al, Bio/Technology 10, 773 (1992); and R. S. McDowell, et al, J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 114:9245 (1992), both of which are inco ⁇ orated by reference herein).
  • Peptide fragments of MPD polypeptides of the invention, and polynucleotides encoding such fragments include amino acid or nucleotide sequence lengths that are at least 25% (more preferably at least 50%, 60%, or 70%, and most preferably at least 80%) of the length of an MPD polypeptide or polynucleotide.
  • sequences will have at least 60% sequence identity (more preferably at least 70%-75%, 80%- 85%, 90%-95%, at least 97%-97.5%, or at least 99%, and most preferably at least 99.5%) with an MPD polypeptide or polynucleotide when aligned so as to maximize overlap and identity while minimizing sequence gaps.
  • polypeptides, peptide fragments, and polynucleotides encoding such fragments that contain or encode a segment preferably comprising at least 8 to 10, or more preferably at least 20, or still more preferably at least 30, or most preferably at least 40 contiguous amino acids.
  • Such polypeptides and fragments may also contain a segment that shares at least 70% (at least 75%, 80%-85%, 90%-95%, at least 97%-97.5%, or at least 99%, and most preferably at least 99.5%) with any such segment of, for example, any of the ADAM family polypeptides, when aligned so as to maximize overlap and identity while minimizing sequence gaps.
  • Visual inspection, mathematical calculation, or computer algorithms can determine the percent identity.
  • the invention also provides soluble forms of MPD polypeptides comprising certain fragments or domains of these polypeptides.
  • Soluble fragments having disintegrin activity are of particular interest. For example, an amino acid sequence beginning with a highly conserved CGN- GEEC sequence (as discussed above) but which lacks a transmembrane region (see, e.g., Table 2). Transmembrane regions can be identified using publicly available computer algorithms.
  • polypeptides comprising SEQ ED NO:6 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 43 to 148; SEQ ED NO:8 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 38 to 366; SEQ ED NO: 11; SEQ ED NO: 13; SEQ ID NO: 14 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 84 to 622; SEQ ED NO: 14 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 299 to 622; SEQ ED NO: 16; SEQ ED NO:21 from about residue 1 to 701; SEQ ID NO:23; SEQ ED NO:24 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 278 to 435; SEQ ED NO:25 from about residue 1 to 627; and SEQ ED NO:26 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 224 to 383.
  • polypeptides can be secreted from the cell in which it is expressed.
  • the intracellular and transmembrane domains of polypeptides of the invention can be identified in accordance with known techniques for determination of such domains from sequence information. For example, alignment of the polypeptide sequences of the invention with other members of the ADAM family of polypeptides having known domains will provide information regarding the domains of the polypeptides of the invention.
  • One of skill in the art will recognize that slight modifications in the range of sequences of a particular domain can be made without affecting the molecule's biological activity. Accordingly, changes in the identified sequences of 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 to 10 amino acids in either direction of the particular domain are encompassed by the present invention.
  • a polypeptide may comprise various combinations of ADAM polypeptide domains, such as a metalloproteinase domain, a disintegrin domain, or a cytoplasmic domain.
  • ADAM polypeptide domains such as a metalloproteinase domain, a disintegrin domain, or a cytoplasmic domain.
  • polypeptides of the invention and polynucleotides include those comprising or encoding two or more copies of a domain such as the metalloproteinase domain, two or more copies of a domain such as the disintegrin domain, or at least one copy of each domain, and these domains may be presented in any order within such polypeptides.
  • the second polypeptide can be any polypeptide of interest having an activity or function independent of, or related to, the function of an MPD polypeptide.
  • the second polypeptide can be a domain of a related but distinct member of the ADAM family of polypeptides such as, for example, an extracellular, cytoplasmic, metalloprotease, or transmembrane domain of an ADAM polypeptide.
  • the term "operatively linked" is intended to indicate that the MPD sequence and the second polypeptide sequence are fused in-frame to each other.
  • the second polypeptide can be fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus of an MPD sequence as set forth in Figure 1.
  • the fusion polypeptide is a GST-MPD fusion polypeptide in which an MPD sequence is fused to the C-terminus of the GST sequences.
  • Such fusion polypeptides can facilitate the purification of recombinant MPD sequences.
  • the fusion polypeptide is an MPD sequence comprising a heterologous signal sequence at its N-terminus.
  • an MPD polypeptide in certain host cells (e.g., mammalian host cells), expression and/or secretion of an MPD polypeptide can be increased through use of a heterologous signal sequence.
  • an MPD polypeptide or fragment thereof may be fused to a hexa-histidine tag to facilitate purification of bacterially expressed protein, or to a hemagglutinin tag to facilitate purification of protein expressed in eukaryotic cells.
  • fusion polypeptides can comprise, for example, poly-His or the antigenic identification peptides described in U.S. Patent No. 5,011,912 and in Hopp et al, Bio/Technology 6:1204, 1988.
  • FLAG ® peptide is highly antigenic and provides an epitope reversibly bound by a specific monoclonal antibody, enabling rapid assay and facile purification of expressed recombinant polypeptide.
  • a murine hybridoma designated 4E11 produces a monoclonal antibody that binds the FLAG ® peptide in the presence of certain divalent metal cations, as described in U.S. Patent 5,011,912, hereby inco ⁇ orated by reference.
  • the 4E11 hybridoma cell line has been deposited with the ATCC under accession no. HB9259.
  • Monoclonal antibodies that bind the FLAG ® peptide are available from Eastman Kodak Co., Scientific Imaging Systems Division, New Haven, Connecticut.
  • oligomers or fusion polypeptides that comprise an MPD polypeptide.
  • Oligomers that can be used as fusion partners can be in the form of covalently linked or non-covalently-linked multimers, including dimers, trimers, or higher oligomers.
  • the oligomers maintain the binding ability or catalytic ability of the polypeptide components and provide therefor, bivalent, trivalent, and the like, binding or catalytic sites, an alternative embodiment the invention is directed to oligomers comprising multiple polypeptides joined via covalent or non-covalent interactions between peptide moieties fused to the polypeptides.
  • Such peptides can be peptide linkers (spacers), or peptides that have the property of promoting oligomerization.
  • Leucine zippers and certain polypeptides derived from antibodies are among the peptides that can promote oligomerization of the polypeptides attached thereto, as described in more detail below.
  • a linker will be a peptide linker moiety.
  • the length of the linker moiety is chosen to optimize the biological activity of the polypeptide comprising an MPD sequence and can be determined empirically without undue experimentation.
  • the linker moiety should be long enough and flexible enough to allow an MPD polypeptide to freely interact with a substrate or ligand.
  • the preferred linker moiety is a peptide between about one and 30 amino acid residues in length, preferably between about two and 15 amino acid residues.
  • Preferred linker moieties are — Gly-Gly-, GGGGS (SEQ ID NO:31), (GGGGS) n (SEQ ID NO:32), GKSSGSGSESKS (SEQ ED NO:33), GSTSGSGKSSEGKG (SEQ ID NO:34), GSTSGSGKSSEGSGSTKG (SEQ ED NO:35), GSTSGSGKPGSGEGSTKG (SEQ ID NO:36), or EGKSSGSGSESKEF (SEQ ID NO:37).
  • Linking moieties are described, for example, in Huston, J. S., et al, PNAS 85:5879 (1988), Whitlow, M., et al, Protein Engineering 6:989 (1993), and Newton, D.
  • Suitable peptide linkers are those described in U.S. Patents 4,751,180 and 4,935,233, which are hereby inco ⁇ orated by reference.
  • a DNA sequence encoding a desired peptide linker can be inserted between, and in the same reading frame as, a DNA sequences encoding an MPD polypeptide or fragment thereof, using any suitable conventional technique.
  • a chemically synthesized oligonucleotide encoding the linker can be ligated between the sequences.
  • a fusion polypeptide comprises from two to four soluble MPD polypeptides, separated by peptide linkers.
  • variants of an MPD polypeptide are constructed to include a membrane-spanning domain, they will form a Type I membrane polypeptide.
  • the membrane-spanning polypeptides can be fused with known extracellular receptor domain polypeptides, for which the ligand is also known.
  • Such fusion polypeptides can then be manipulated to control the intracellular signaling pathways triggered by the bound MPD polypeptide.
  • Polypeptides that span the cell membrane can also be fused with agonists or antagonists of cell-surface receptors, or cellular adhesion molecules to further modulate MPD intracellular effects.
  • interleukins can be situated between the preferred MPD polypeptide fragment and other fusion polypeptide domains.
  • the MPD polypeptides of the invention can also include a localization sequence to direct the polypeptide to particular cellular sites by fusion to appropriate organellar targeting signals or localized host proteins.
  • a polynucleotide encoding a localization sequence, or signal sequence can be ligated or fused at the 5' terminus of a polynucleotide encoding an MPD polypeptide such that the signal peptide is located at the amino terminal end of the resulting fusion polynucleotide/polypeptide.
  • the signal peptide functions to transport a polypeptide across the endoplasmic reticulum.
  • the secretory protein is then transported through the Golgi apparatus, into secretory vesicles and into the extracellular space or the external environment.
  • Signal peptides include pre-pro peptides that contain a proteolytic enzyme recognition site.
  • the localization sequence can be a nuclear-, an endoplasmic reticulum-, a peroxisome-, or a mitochondrial-localization sequence, or a localized protein. Localization sequences can be targeting sequences that are described, for example, in "Protein Targeting", chapter 35 of Stryer, L., Biochemistry (4th ed.). W. H. Freeman, 1995.
  • Some important localization sequences include those targeting the nucleus (e.g., KKKRK (SEQ ED NO:38)), mitochondria (MLRTSSLFTPvRVQPSLFRNE RLQST (SEQ ID NO:39)), endoplasmic reticulum (KDEL (SEQ ED NO:40)), peroxisome (SKF), plasma membrane (CAAX (SEQ ED NO:41), CC, CXC, or CCXX (SEQ ED NO:42)), cytoplasmic side of plasma membrane (fusion to SNAP-25), or the Golgi apparatus (fusion to furin).
  • KKKRK SEQ ED NO:38
  • mitochondria MLRTSSLFTPvRVQPSLFRNE RLQST
  • KDEL SEQ ED NO:40
  • KF peroxisome
  • plasma membrane CAAX (SEQ ED NO:41), CC, CXC, or CCXX (SEQ ED NO:42)
  • a polypeptide of the invention or fragments thereof may be fused to carrier molecules such as immunoglobulins for a variety of pu ⁇ oses including increasing the valency of polypeptide binding sites.
  • carrier molecules such as immunoglobulins for a variety of pu ⁇ oses including increasing the valency of polypeptide binding sites.
  • fragments of the polypeptide may be fused through linker sequences,, to the Fc portion of an immunoglobulin.
  • linker sequences for a bivalent form of the polypeptide, such a fusion could be to the Fc portion of an IgG molecule.
  • Other immunoglobulin isotypes may also be used to generate such fusions.
  • a polypeptide-IgM fusion would generate a decavalent form of the polypeptide of the invention
  • the invention provides a fusion polypeptide having an Fc polypeptide domain and an MPD polypeptide sequence SEQ ID NO:6 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 43 to 148; SEQ ED NO: 8 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 38 to 366; SEQ ID NO:ll; SEQ ED NO:13; SEQ ED NO: 14 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 84 to 622; SEQ ED NO: 14 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 299 to 622; SEQ ED NO: 16; SEQ ED NO:21 from about residue 1 to 701; SEQ ID NO:23; SEQ ED NO:24 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 278 to 435; SEQ ED NO:25 from about residue 1 to 627; and SEQ ED NO:26 beginning at an amino amino acid between and including
  • Fc polypeptide as used herein includes native and mutein forms of polypeptides made up of the Fc region of an antibody comprising any or all of the CH domains of the Fc region. Truncated forms of such polypeptides containing the hinge region that promotes dimerization are also included.
  • Preferred polypeptides comprise an Fc polypeptide derived from a human IgGl antibody.
  • an oligomer is prepared using polypeptides derived from immunoglobulins. Preparation of fusion polypeptides comprising certain heterologous polypeptides fused to various portions of antibody-derived polypeptides (including the Fc domain) has been described, e.g., by Ashkenazi et al.
  • One embodiment of the invention is directed to a dimer comprising two fusion polypeptides created by fusing a polypeptide of the invention to an Fc polypeptide derived from an antibody. A gene fusion encoding the polypeptide/Fc fusion polypeptide is inserted into an appropriate expression vector.
  • Polypeptide/Fc fusion polypeptides are expressed in host cells transformed or transfected with the recombinant expression vector or recombinant polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide, and allowed to assemble much like antibody molecules, whereupon interchain disulfide bonds form between the Fc moieties to yield divalent molecules.
  • One suitable Fc polypeptide described in PCT application WO 93/10151 (hereby inco ⁇ orated by reference), is a single chain polypeptide extending from the N-terminal hinge region to the native C-terminus of the Fc region of a human IgGl antibody.
  • Another useful Fc polypeptide is the Fc mutein described in U.S.
  • the amino acid sequence of this mutein is identical to that of the native Fc sequence presented in WO 93/10151, except that amino acid 19 has been changed from Leu to Ala, amino acid 20 has been changed from Leu to Glu, and amino acid 22 has been changed from Gly to Ala.
  • the mutein exhibits reduced affinity for Fc receptors.
  • the above-described fusion polypeptides comprising Fc moieties (and oligomers formed therefrom) offer the advantage of facile purification by affinity chromatography over Polypeptide A or Polypeptide G columns.
  • polypeptides of the invention can be substituted for the variable portion of an antibody heavy or light chain. If fusion polypeptides are made with both heavy and light chains of an antibody, it is possible to form an oligomer with as many as four MPD polypeptides or fragments thereof.
  • Leucine zipper domains are peptides that promote oligomerization (dimers and trimers) of the polypeptides in which they are found.
  • Leucine zippers were originally identified in several DNA-binding polypeptides (Landschulz et al., Science 240:1759, 1988), and have since been found in a variety of different polypeptides.
  • the zipper domain comprises a repetitive heptad repeat, often with four or five leucine residues interspersed with other amino acids.
  • a chimeric or fusion polypeptide of the invention can be produced by standard recombinant DNA techniques.
  • polynucleotide fragments coding for the different polypeptide sequences are ligated together in-frame in accordance with conventional techniques, for example, by employing blunt-ended or stagger-ended termini for ligation, restriction enzyme digestion to provide for appropriate termini, filling-in of cohesive ends as appropriate, alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining, and enzymatic ligation.
  • the fusion gene can be synthesized by conventional techniques including automated DNA synthesizers.
  • PCR amplification of gene fragments can be carried out using anchor primers that give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments that can subsequently be annealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence (see, for example, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, eds. Ausubel et al. John Wiley & Sons: 1992).
  • anchor primers that give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments that can subsequently be annealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence
  • many expression vectors are commercially available that already encode a fusion moiety (e.g., a GST polypeptide).
  • the invention further includes polypeptides with or without associated native-pattern glycosylation.
  • Polypeptides expressed in yeast or mammalian expression systems e.g., COS-1 or CHO cells
  • yeast or mammalian expression systems e.g., COS-1 or CHO cells
  • expression of polypeptides of the invention in bacterial expression systems, such as E. coli provides non- glycosylated molecules.
  • a given preparation can include multiple differentially glycosylated species of the polypeptide. Glycosyl groups can be removed through conventional methods, in particular those utilizing glycopeptidase.
  • modifications in the polypeptide or polynucleotide can be made using known techniques. Modifications of interest in the polypeptide sequences may include the alteration, substitution, replacement, insertion, or deletion of a selected amino acid residue in the coding sequence. For example, one or more of the cysteine residues may be deleted or replaced with another amino acid to alter the conformation of the molecule, an alteration which may involve preventing formation of incorrect intramolecular disulfide bridges upon folding or renaturation. Techniques for such alteration, substitution, replacement, insertion, or deletion are known to those skilled in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,518,584).
  • N-glycosylation sites in a polypeptide' s extracellular domain can be modified to preclude glycosylation, allowing expression of a reduced carbohydrate analog in mammalian and yeast expression systems.
  • N-glycosylation sites in eukaryotic polypeptides are characterized by an amino acid triplet Asn-X- Y, wherein X is any amino acid except Pro, and Y is Ser or Thr. Appropriate substitutions, additions, or deletions to the nucleotide sequence encoding these triplets will result in prevention of attachment of carbohydrate residues at the Asn side chain.
  • the Ser or Thr can by replaced with another amino acid, such as Ala.
  • Known procedures for inactivating N-glycosylation sites in polypeptides include those described in U.S. Patent 5,071,972 and EP 276,846, hereby inco ⁇ orated by reference.
  • Additional variants within the scope of the invention include polypeptides that can be modified to create derivatives thereof by forming covalent or aggregative conjugates with other chemical moieties, such as glycosyl groups, lipids, phosphate, acetyl groups and the like.
  • Covalent derivatives can be prepared by linking the chemical moieties to functional groups on amino acid side chains or at the N-terminus or C-terminus of a polypeptide.
  • Conjugates comprising diagnostic (detectable) or therapeutic agents attached thereto are contemplated herein. Preferably, such alteration, substitution, replacement, insertion or deletion retains the desired activity of the polypeptide.
  • the invention also provides polynucleotides encoding MPD polypeptides.
  • polynucleotide refers to a polymeric form of nucleotides of at least 10 bases in length.
  • the nucleotides can be ribonucleotides, deoxyribonucleotides, or modified forms of either type of nucleotide.
  • DNA includes, for example, cDNA, genomic DNA, chemically synthesized DNA, DNA amplified by PCR, and combinations thereof.
  • the polynucleotides of the invention include full-length genes and cDNA molecules as well as a combination of fragments thereof.
  • the polynucleotides of the invention are preferentially derived from human sources, but the invention includes those derived from non- human species, as well.
  • isolated polynucleotide is meant a polynucleotide that is not immediately contiguous with both of the coding sequences with which it is immediately contiguous (one on the 5' end and one on the 3' end) in the naturally occurring genome of the organism from which it is derived.
  • the term therefore includes, for example, a recombinant polynucleotide molecule, which is inco ⁇ orated into a vector, e.g., an expression vector; into an autonomously replicating plasmid or virus; or into the genomic DNA of a prokaryote or eukaryote, or which exists as a separate molecule (e.g., a cDNA) independent of other sequences.
  • An MPD polynucleotide of the invention (1) encodes a polypeptide comprising a sequence as set forth in SEQ D NO: 1-26 or 27 or a fragment thereof; (2) has a sequence complementary to a (1); (3) polynucleotides that specifically hybridize to the polynucleotide of (1) under moderate to highly stringent conditions; and (4) polynucleotides of (1) - (3) wherein T can also be U (e.g., RNA sequences). Also encompassed by the invention are homologs of an MPD polynucleotide of the invention. These polynucleotides can be identified in several ways, including isolation of genomic or cDNA molecules from a suitable source, or computer searches of available sequence databases.
  • Oligonucleotides or polynucleotides corresponding to the amino acid sequences described herein can be used as probes or primers for the isolation of polynucleotide homologs or as query sequences for database searches. Degenerate oligonucleotide sequences can be obtained by "back-translation" from the amino acid sequences of the invention. The polymerase chain reaction (PCR) procedure can be employed to isolate and amplify a DNA sequence encoding an MPD polypeptide. Oligonucleotides that define the desired termini of a target polynucleotide molecule are employed as 5' and 3' primers.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • fragments of the polynucleotides of the invention are useful as probes and primers to identify or amplify related sequence or obtain full- length sequences of an MPD of the invention.
  • the oligonucleotides can additionally contain recognition sites for restriction endonucleases, to facilitate insertion of the amplified combination of DNA fragments into an expression vector.
  • PCR techniques are known in the art (see, e.g., PCR Protocols: A Guide to Methods and Applications, Innis et. al., eds., Academic Press, Inc. (1990)).
  • the invention also includes polynucleotides and oligonucleotides that hybridize under reduced stringency conditions, more preferably moderately stringent conditions, and most preferably highly stringent conditions, to MPD polynucleotides.
  • the basic parameters affecting the choice of hybridization conditions and guidance for devising suitable conditions are set forth by Sambrook, J., E. F. Fritsch, and T. Maniatis (1989, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., chapters 9 and 11; and Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, 1995, F. M.
  • One way of achieving moderately stringent conditions involves the use of a prewashing solution containing 5 x SSC, 0.5% SDS, 1.0 mM EDTA (pH 8.0), hybridization buffer of about 50% formamide, 6 x SSC, and a hybridization temperature of about 55 °C (or other similar hybridization solutions, such as one containing about 50% formamide, with a hybridization temperature of about 42 °C), and washing conditions of about 60 °C, in 0.5 x SSC, 0.1% SDS.
  • highly stringent conditions are defined as hybridization conditions as above, but with washing at approximately 68 °C, 0.2 x SSC, 0.1% SDS.
  • SSPE lxSSPE is 0.15M NaCl, 10 mM NaH 2 P0 4 , and 1.25 mM EDTA, pH 7.4
  • IxSSC 0.15M NaCl and 15 mM sodium citrate
  • wash temperature and wash salt concentration can be adjusted as necessary to achieve a desired degree of stringency by applying the basic principles that govern hybridization reactions and duplex stability, as known to those skilled in the art and described further below (see, e.g., Sambrook et al, 1989).
  • the hybrid length is assumed to be that of the hybridizing nucleic acid.
  • the hybrid length can be determined by aligning the sequences of the nucleic acids and identifying the region or regions of optimal sequence complementarity.
  • each such hybridizing nucleic acid has a length that is at least 25% (more preferably at least 50%, 60%, or 70%, and most preferably at least 80%) of the length of a polynucleotide of the invention to which it hybridizes, and has at least 60% sequence identity (more preferably at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 97.5%, or at least 99%, and most preferably at least 99.5%) with a polynucleotide of the invention to which it hybridizes.
  • Constantly modified variants applies to both polypeptide and polynucleotide.
  • conservatively modified variants refer to codons in the polynucleotide which encode identical or essentially identical amino acids. Because of the degeneracy of the genetic code, a large number of functionally identical polynucleotides encode any given protein. For instance, the codons GCA, GCC, GCG and GCU all encode the amino acid alanine. Thus, at every position where an alanine is specified by a codon, the codon can be altered to any of the corresponding codons described without altering the encoded polypeptide. Such variations are “silent variations,” which are one species of conservatively modified variations.
  • Every polynucleotide sequence herein that encodes a polypeptide also describes every possible silent variation of the nucleic acid.
  • each codon in a polynucleotide except AUG, which is ordinarily the only codon for methionine
  • AUG which is ordinarily the only codon for methionine
  • the invention also provides methodology for analysis of polynucleotides of the invention on "DNA chips" as described in Hacia et al., Nature Genetics, 14:441-447 (1996).
  • high-density arrays of oligonucleotides comprising a sequence encoding an MPD polypeptide, fragment, or a variant or mutant thereof are applied and immobilized to the chip and can be used to detect sequence variations in a population.
  • Polynucleotides in a test sample are hybridized to the immobilized oligonucleotides.
  • the hybridization profile of the target polynucleotide to the immobilized probe is quantitated and compared to a reference profile.
  • the resulting genetic information can be used in molecular diagnosis.
  • the density of oligonucleotides on DNA chips can be modified as needed.
  • the invention also provides genes corresponding to the polynucleotides disclosed herein.
  • Corresponding genes are the regions of the genome that are transcribed to produce the mRNAs from which cDNA molecules are derived and may include contiguous regions of the genome necessary for the regulated expression of such genes. Corresponding genes may therefore include but are not limited to coding sequences, 5' and 3' untranslated regions, alternatively spliced exons, introns, promoters, enhancers, and silencer or suppressor elements.
  • the corresponding genes can be isolated in accordance with known methods using the sequence information disclosed herein. Such methods include the preparation of probes or primers from the disclosed sequence information for identification and/or amplification of genes in appropriate genomic libraries or other sources of genomic materials.
  • polypeptides and fragments of the invention can be accomplished by any suitable technique, including but not limited to the following methods.
  • the isolated polynucleotides of the invention may be operably linked to an expression control sequence such as the pMT2 or pED expression vectors disclosed in Kaufman et al, Nucleic Acids Res. 19:4485 (1991); and Pouwels et al. Cloning Vectors: A Laboratory Manual, Elsevier, New York, (1985, and Supplements), in order to produce a polypeptide of the invention recombinantly.
  • Many suitable expression control sequences are known in the art. General methods of expressing recombinant polypeptides are also known and are exemplified in R. Kaufman, Methods in Enzymology 185:537 (1990).
  • operably linked means that an isolated polynucleotide of the invention and an expression control sequence are situated within a vector or cell in such a way that the polypeptide encoded by the polynucleotide is expressed by a host cell which has been transformed (transfected) with the vector or polynucleotide operably linked to the control sequence.
  • a sequence encoding an appropriate signal peptide can be inco ⁇ orated into expression vectors.
  • the choice of signal peptide or leader can depend on factors such as the type of host cells in which the recombinant polypeptide is to be produced.
  • heterologous signal peptides that are functional in mammalian host cells include the signal sequence for interleukin (IL)-7 (see, U.S. Patent 4,965,195); the signal sequence for IL-2 receptor (see, Cosman et al, Nature 312:768, 1984); the IL-4 receptor signal peptide (see, EP 367,566); the type I IL-1 receptor signal peptide (see, U.S.
  • Patent 4,968,607 and the type II IL-1 receptor signal peptide (see, EP 460,846).
  • a signal peptide that is functional in the intended host cells promotes extracellular secretion of the polypeptide.
  • the signal peptide is cleaved from the polypeptide upon secretion of a polypeptide from the cell.
  • a polypeptide preparation can include a mixture of polypeptide molecules having different N-terminal amino acids, resulting from cleavage of the signal peptide at more than one site.
  • DHFR dihydrofolate reductase
  • a suitable strain for DHFR selection can be CHO strain DX-B11, which is deficient in DHFR (Urlaub et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216, 1980).
  • a plasmid expressing the DHFR cDNA can be introduced into strain DX-B11, and only cells that contain the plasmid can grow in the appropriate selective media.
  • gene products can be obtained via homologous recombination, or "gene targeting" techniques. Such techniques employ the introduction of exogenous transcription control elements (such as the CMV promoter or the like) in a particular predetermined site on the genome, to induce expression of an endogenous gene encoding an MPD polypeptide of the invention.
  • exogenous transcription control elements such as the CMV promoter or the like
  • the location of integration into a host chromosome or genome can be easily determined by one of skill in the art, given the known location and sequence of the gene.
  • the invention also contemplates the introduction of exogenous transcriptional control elements in conjunction with an amplifiable gene, to produce increased amounts of the gene product.
  • exogenous transcriptional control elements in conjunction with an amplifiable gene, to produce increased amounts of the gene product.
  • the practice of homologous recombination or gene targeting is explained by Schimke, et al. 'Amplification of Genes in Somatic Mammalian cells," Methods in Enzymology 151:85 (1987), and by Capecchi, et al. , “Tlie New Mouse Genetics: Altering the Genome by Gene Targeting," TIG 5:70 (1989).
  • Suitable host cells for expression of the polypeptide include eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells.
  • Mammalian host cells include, for example, the COS-7 line of monkey kidney cells (ATCC CRL 1651) (Gluzman et al, Cell 23:115, 1981), L cells, C127 cells, 3T3 cells (ATCC CCL 163), Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, HeLa cells, BHK (ATCC CRL 10) cell lines, the CV1/EBNA cell line derived from the African green monkey kidney cell line CV1 (ATCC CCL 70) (see, McMahan et al EMBO J.
  • yeast in lower eukaryotes such as yeast or in prokaryotes such as bacteria.
  • yeast strains include Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, Kluyveromyces strains, Candida, or any yeast strain capable of expressing heterologous polypeptides.
  • bacterial strains include, for example, Escherichia coli, Bacillus subtilis, Salmonella typhimurium, or any bacterial strain capable of expressing heterologous polypeptides. If the polypeptide is made in yeast or bacteria, it may be necessary to modify the polypeptide produced therein, for example by phosphorylation or glycosylation of the appropriate sites, in order to obtain the functional polypeptide. Such covalent attachments may be accomplished using known chemical or enzymatic methods.
  • the polypeptide may also be produced by operably linking a polynucleotide of the invention to suitable control sequences in one or more insect expression vectors, and employing an insect expression system.
  • a host cell that comprises an isolated polynucleotide of the invention, preferably operably linked to at least one expression control sequence, is a "recombinant host cell". Any method, which neutralizes MPD polypeptides or inhibits expression (either transcription or translation) of an MPD polynucleotide can be used to reduce the biological activities of MPD polypeptides.
  • antagonists can be designed to reduce the level of endogenous MPD expression, e.g., using known antisense or ribozyme approaches to inhibit or prevent translation of MPD mRNA transcripts; triple helix approaches to inhibit transcription of MPD genes; or targeted homologous recombination to inactivate or "knock out" the MPD genes or their endogenous promoters or enhancer elements.
  • antisense, ribozyme, and triple helix antagonists may be designed to reduce or inhibit either unimpaired or, if appropriate, mutant MPD activity.
  • Antisense RNA and DNA molecules act to directly block the translation of mRNA by hybridizing to targeted mRNA and preventing polypeptide translation.
  • Antisense approaches involve the design of oligonucleotides (either DNA or RNA) that are complementary to a mRNA having an MPD polynucleotide sequence. Absolute complementarity, although preferred, is not required. Oligonucleotides that are complementary to the 5' end of the message, e.g., the 5' untranslated sequence up to, and including, the AUG initiation codon, should work most efficiently at inhibiting translation.
  • Antisense nucleic acids are preferably oligonucleotides ranging from 6 to about 50 nucleotides in length.
  • the oligonucleotides can be DNA, RNA, chimeric mixtures, derivatives or modified versions thereof, single-stranded or double-stranded.
  • the oligonucleotide can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety, or phosphate backbone, for example, to improve stability of the molecule, hybridization, and the like.
  • the oligonucleotide may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Letsinger et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 86:6553, 1989; Lemaitre et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 84:648, 1987; PCT Publication No.
  • the antisense molecules are delivered to cells, which express a transcript having an MPD polynucleotide sequence in vivo by, for example, direct injection into the tissue or cell derivation site, or modified antisense molecules, designed to target the desired cells (e.g., antisense linked to peptides or antibodies that specifically bind receptors or antigens expressed on the target cell surface) can be administered systemically.
  • Preferred approach utilizes a recombinant DNA construct in which the antisense oligonucleotide is placed under the control of a strong pol III or pol II promoter.
  • Ribozyme molecules designed to catalytically cleave mRNA transcripts having an MPD polynucleotide sequence prevent translation of MPD mRNA (see, e.g., PCT International Publication WO90/11364; US Patent No. 5,824,519).
  • Ribozymes are RNA molecules possessing the ability to specifically cleave other single-stranded RNA. Because ribozymes are sequence- specific, only mRNAs with particular sequences are inactivated. There are two basic types of ribozymes namely, tetrahymena-type (Hasselhoff, Nature, 334:585, 1988) and "hammerhead"- type.
  • Tetrahymena-type ribozymes recognize sequences, which are four bases in length, while "hammerhead”-type ribozymes recognize base sequences 11-18 bases in length. The longer the recognition sequence, the greater the likelihood that the sequence will occur exclusively in the target mRNA species. Consequently, hammerhead-type ribozymes are preferable to tetrahymena- type ribozymes.
  • ribozymes can be composed of modified oligonucleotides and delivered using using a DNA construct "encoding" the ribozyme under the control of a strong constitutive pol III or pol El promoter.
  • endogenous MPD expression can be reduced by targeting DNA sequences complementary to a regulatory region of the target gene (e.g., the target gene promoter and/or enhancers) to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the target gene (see generally, Helene, Anticancer Drug Des., 6(6), 569, 1991; Helene, et al, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 660:27, 1992; and Maher, Bioassays 14(12), 807, 1992).
  • a regulatory region of the target gene e.g., the target gene promoter and/or enhancers
  • Antisense, ribozyme, and triple helix molecules of the invention may be prepared by any method known in the art for the synthesis of DNA and RNA molecules and include techniques for chemically synthesizing oligodeoxyribonucleotides and oligoribonucleotides such as, for example, solid phase phosphoramidite chemical synthesis using an automated DNA synthesizer available from Biosearch, Applied Biosystems. Phosphorothioate oligonucleotides may be synthesized by the method of Stein et al, Nucl. Acids Res. 16:3209, 1988. Methylphosphonate oligonucleotides can be prepared by use of controlled pore glass polymer supports (Sarin et al. , Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85:7448, 1988). Alternatively, RNA molecules may be generated by in vitro and in vivo transcription of DNA sequences encoding the antisense RNA molecule.
  • Endogenous gene expression can also be reduced by inactivating or "knocking out" the target gene or its promoter using targeted homologous recombination (see, e.g., Smithies, et al, Nature 317:230, 1985; Thomas and Capecchi, Cell 51, 503, 1987; Thompson, et al, Cell 5, 313, 1989; each of which is inco ⁇ orated by reference herein in its entirety).
  • targeted homologous recombination see, e.g., Smithies, et al, Nature 317:230, 1985; Thomas and Capecchi, Cell 51, 503, 1987; Thompson, et al, Cell 5, 313, 1989; each of which is inco ⁇ orated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • a mutant non-functional target gene flanked by DNA homologous to the endogenous target gene can be used, with or without a selectable marker and/or a negative selectable marker. Insertion of the DNA construct, via targeted homologous recombination, results in inactivation
  • RNAi RNA interference
  • transgenic animal is an animal that includes a transgene that is inserted into an embryonal cell and becomes a part of the genome of the animal that develops from that cell, or an offspring of such an animal.
  • Any non-human animal that can be produced by transgenic technology is included in the invention, although mammals are preferred.
  • Preferred mammals include non-human primates, sheep, goats, horses, cattle, pigs, rabbits, and rodents, such as, guinea pigs, hamsters, rats, gerbils, and mice.
  • a “transgene” is a polynucleotide that comprises one or more selected sequences (e.g., encoding ribozymes that cleave MPD mRNA, encoding an antisense molecule to an MPD mRNA, encoding a mutant MPD sequence, and the like) to be expressed in a transgenic animal.
  • the polynucleotide is partly or entirely heterologous, i.e., foreign, to the transgenic animal, or homologous to an endogenous gene of the transgenic animal, but which is designed to be inserted into the animal's genome at a location which differs from that of the natural gene.
  • a transgene may include one or more promoters and any other DNA sequences, such as introns, necessary for expression of the selected DNA, all operably linked to the selected DNA, and may include an enhancer sequence.
  • the transgenic animal can be used in order to identify the impact of increased or decreased MPD levels on a particular pathway or phenotype. Protocols useful in producing such transgenic animals are known in the art (see, e.g., Brinster, et al, Proc. Natl. Acad Sci. USA 82:4438, 1985; Jaenisch, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 73:1260, 1976; Hogan, et al., 1986, Manipulating the Mouse Embryo, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.; Jahner, et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:6927, 1985; Van der Putten, et al, Proc Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:6148; Steward, et al , EMBO J., 6:383, 1987; Jahner, et al. , Nature, 298:623, 1982).
  • Antibodies that are immunoreactive with the polypeptides of the invention are provided herein.
  • the MPD polypeptides, fragments, variants, fusion polypeptides, and the like, as set forth above, can be employed as "immunogens" in producing antibodies immunoreactive therewith.
  • Such antibodies specifically bind to the polypeptides via the antigen- binding sites of the antibody.
  • Specifically binding antibodies are those that will specifically recognize and bind with MPD polypeptides, homologues, and variants, but not with other molecules.
  • the antibodies are specific for polypeptides having an MPD amino acid sequence of the invention and do not cross-react with other polypeptides.
  • polypeptides, fragment, variants, fusion polypeptides, and the like contain antigenic determinants or epitopes that elicit the formation of antibodies.
  • antigenic determinants or epitopes can be either linear or conformational (discontinuous).
  • Linear epitopes are composed of a single section of amino acids of the polypeptide, while conformational or discontinuous epitopes are composed of amino acids sections from different regions of the polypeptide chain that are brought into close proximity upon polypeptide folding.
  • Epitopes can be identified by any of the methods known in the art.
  • epitopes from the polypeptides of the invention can be used as research reagents, in assays, and to purify specific binding antibodies from substances such as polyclonal sera or supernatants from cultured hybridomas.
  • Such epitopes or variants thereof can be produced using techniques known in the art such as solid-phase
  • Both polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies to the polypeptides of the invention can be prepared by conventional techniques. See, for example, Monoclonal Antibodies, Hybridomas: A New Dimension in Biological Analyses, Kennet et al (eds.), Plenum Press, New York (1980); and Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Harlow and Land (eds.), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, (1988); Kohler and Milstein, (U.S. Pat. No. 4,376,110); the human B- cell hybridoma technique (Kosbor et al, Immunology Today 4:72, 1983; Cole et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • Hybridoma cell lines that produce monoclonal antibodies specific for the polypeptides of the invention are also contemplated herein. Such hybridomas can be produced and identified by conventional techniques.
  • various host animals may be immunized by injection with an MPD polypeptide, fragment, variant, or mutants thereof. Such host animals may include, but are not limited to, rabbits, mice, and rats, to name a few.
  • Various adjutants may be used to increase the immunological response.
  • such adjutants include, but are not limited to, Freund's (complete and incomplete), mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, surface active substances such as lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, keyhole limpet hemocyanin, dinitrophenol, and potentially useful human adjutants such as BCG (bacille Calmette-Guerin) and Corynebacterium parvum.
  • the monoclonal antibodies can be recovered by conventional techniques. Such monoclonal antibodies may be of any immunoglobulin class including IgG, IgM, IgE, IgA, IgD, and any subclass thereof.
  • chimeric antibodies In addition, techniques developed for the production of "chimeric antibodies" (Takeda et al., Nature, 314:452, 1985) by splicing the genes from a mouse antibody molecule of appropriate antigen specificity together with genes from a human antibody molecule of appropriate biological activity can be used.
  • a chimeric antibody is a molecule in which different portions are derived from different animal species, such as those having a variable region derived from a porcine mAb and a human immunoglobulin constant region.
  • the monoclonal antibodies of the invention also include humanized versions of murine monoclonal antibodies. Such humanized antibodies can be prepared by known techniques and offer the advantage of reduced immunogenicity when the antibodies are administered to humans.
  • Procedures for the production of chimeric and further engineered monoclonal antibodies include those described in Riechmann et al. (Nature 332:323, 1988), Liu et al (PNAS 84:3439, 1987), Larrick et al. (Bio/Technology 7:934, 1989), and Winter and Harris (TIPS 14: 139, Can, 1993).
  • Procedures to generate antibodies transgenically can be found in GB 2,272,440, US Patent Nos. 5,569,825 and 5,545,806 and related patents claiming priority therefrom, all of which are inco ⁇ orated by reference herein.
  • the antibodies are human or humanized; techniques for creating such human antibodies are also known.
  • Transgenic animals for making human antibodies are available from, for example, Medarex Inc. (Princeton, NJ) and Abgenix Inc. (Fremont, CA).
  • Antibody fragments which recognize specific epitopes, may be generated by known techniques.
  • such fragments include but are not limited to: the F(ab') 2 fragments which can be produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule and the Fab fragments which can be generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of the (ab') 2 fragments.
  • Fab expression libraries may be constructed (Huse et al., Science, 246:1275, 1989) to allow rapid and easy identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity. Techniques described for the production of single chain antibodies (U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778; Bird, Science 242:423, 1988; Huston et al, Proc. Natl. Acad.
  • antibodies to the MPD polypeptide can, in turn, be utilized to generate anti-idiotype antibodies that "mimic" an MPD polypeptide and that may bind to the MPD polypeptide using techniques known to those skilled in the art. (See, e.g., Greenspan & Bona, FASEB J 7(5):437, 1993; and Nissinoff, J. Immunol. 147(8):2429, 1991).
  • Antibodies can be screened for agonistic (i.e., ligand-mimicking) properties. Such antibodies, upon binding to an MPD polypeptide on the cell surface, can induce biological effects (e.g., transduction of biological signals) similar to the biological effects induced when the naturally occurring MPD binding partner binds to the polypeptide on the cell surface.
  • Agonistic antibodies can be used to induce MPD mediated co- stimulatory pathways or intercellular communication.
  • antibodies that block binding of a polypeptide having an MPD polypeptide sequence of the invention to its binding partner or substrate can be used to inhibit MPD polypeptide mediated intercellular communication or co-stimulation that results from such binding and/or to identify integrin cognates of an MPD polypeptide.
  • Such blocking antibodies can be identified using any suitable assay procedure, such as by testing antibodies for the ability to inhibit binding of an MPD polypeptide to certain cells expressing a binding partner (e.g., an integrin) to the polypeptide.
  • blocking antibodies can be identified in assays for the ability to inhibit a biological effect that results from binding of an MPD polypeptide to target cells.
  • a flow cytometric integrin mAb based binding inhibition assay is used to show binding of MPDdis-Fc polypeptides to integrins expressed on the surface of endothelial cells.
  • Human endothelial cells can be used in such assay. Human endothelial cells express oc ⁇ 3 , ot v ⁇ s, ⁇ i, ⁇ 4 , oti, ⁇ 2 , ⁇ 3 , , ⁇ 5 , and ⁇ 6 integrins.
  • An MPDdis-Fc polypeptide is contacted with the endothelial cells.
  • Monoclonal antibodies specific for human integrins ⁇ v ⁇ 3 (LM609, anti-CD51/61, Chemicon, Temecula, CA; Brooks et al, Science 264:569, 1994), ⁇ 2 ⁇ (BHA2.1, anti-CD49b, Chemicon; Wang et al, Mol. Biol. of the Cell 9:865, 1998), ⁇ 5 ⁇ (SAM-1, anti-CD49e, Biodesign; A. te Velde et al, J. Immunol. 140:1548, 1988), a 3 p ! (ASC-6, anti-CD49c, Chemicon; Pattaramalai et al, Exp. Cell. Res.
  • integrin mAbs to inhibit the binding of MPDdis-Fc polypeptides reveals which integrins the disintegrin domain of an MPD polypeptide binds and, indirectly, which integrin binding activities the disintegrin domains are able to antagonize.
  • MPDdis-Fc polypeptides that bind to select integrins are further tested for the ability to disrupt integrin-ligand interactions and to modulate endothelial cell function, angiogenesis, and other biological activities in vitro and in vivo.
  • a therapeutic method involves in vivo administration of a blocking antibody to a subject in an amount effective to inhibit MPD binding-mediated biological activity.
  • a "subject" can be any animal, preferably a mammal (e.g., canine, feline, bovine, porcine, equine, primates, and the like), and most preferably a human. Monoclonal antibodies are generally preferred for use in such therapeutic methods.
  • an antigen-binding antibody fragment is employed.
  • Compositions comprising an antibody against an MPD polypeptide, and a physiologically acceptable diluent, excipient, or carrier, are provided herein.
  • conjugates comprising a detectable (e.g., diagnostic) or therapeutic agent attached to an anti-MPD polypeptide antibody.
  • the conjugates find use in in vitro or in vivo procedures.
  • the antibodies of the invention can also be used in assays to detect the presence of the polypeptides or fragments of the invention, either in vitro or in vivo.
  • the antibodies also can be employed in purifying polypeptides or fragments of the invention by immunoaffinity chromatography.
  • rational drug design is used to produce structural analogs of biologically active polypeptides of interest or of small molecules with which they interact, e.g., substrates, binding agents, inhibitors, agonists, antagonists, and the like.
  • the methods provided herein can be used to fashion or identify agents which are more active or stable forms of the polypeptide or which enhance or interfere with the function of a polypeptide in vivo (Hodgson J, Biotechnology 9:19, 1991, inco ⁇ orated herein by reference).
  • the three- dimensional structure of a polypeptide of the invention, a ligand or binding partner, or of a polypeptide-binding partner complex is determined by x-ray crystallography, by nuclear magnetic resonance, or by computer homology modeling or, most typically, by a combination of these approaches.
  • Relevant structural information is used to design analogous molecules, to identify efficient inhibitors, or to identify small molecules that may bind to a polypeptide of the invention.
  • the use of ADAM polypeptide structural information, preferably MPD structural information, in molecular modeling software systems provides for the design of inhibitors or binding agents useful in modulating MPD activity.
  • a particular method of the invention comprises analyzing the three dimensional structure of MPD polypeptides for likely binding sites of substrates or ligands, synthesizing a new molecule that inco ⁇ orates a predictive reactive site, and assaying the new molecule as described further herein.
  • Examples of algorithms, software, and methods for modeling substrates or binding agents based upon the three-dimensional structure of a protein are described in PCT publication WO 107579 A2, the disclosure of which is inco ⁇ orated herein. It is also possible to isolate a target-specific antibody, selected by a functional assay, as described further herein, and then to solve its crystal structure thus yielding a pharmacore upon which subsequent drug design can be based.
  • anti-idiotypic antibodies anti-ids
  • the binding site of the anti-ids would be expected to be an analog of the original receptor.
  • the anti-id could then be used to identify and isolate peptides from banks of chemically or biologically produced peptides. The isolated peptides would then act as the pharmacore.
  • the invention provides methods for identifying agents that modulate MPD polypeptide activity or expression. Such methods included contacting a sample containing an MPD polypeptide or polynucleotide with a test agent under conditions that allow for the test agent and the polypeptide or polynucleotide to interact and measuring the expression or activity of an MPD polypeptide in the presence or absence of the test agent.
  • a cell containing an MPD polynucleotide is contacted with a test agent under conditions such that the cell and test agent are allowed to interact.
  • Such conditions typically include normal cell culture conditions consistent with the particular cell type being utilized and which are known in the art. It may be desirable to allow the test agent and cell to interact under conditions associated with increased temperature or in the presence of regents that facilitate the uptake of the test agent by the cell.
  • a control is treated similarly but in the absence of the test agent.
  • the MPD activity or expression may be measured prior to contact with the test agent (e.g., the standard or control measurement) and then again following contact with the test agent. The treated cell is then compared to the control and a difference in the expression or activity of MPD compared to the control is indicative of an agent that modulates MPD activity or expression.
  • MPD polypeptide in the cell can be quantified by, for example, PCR or Northern blot. Where a change in the amount of MPD polypeptide in the sample is being measured, detecting or quantifying MPD polypeptide can be performed using anti-MPD antibodies using known techniques.
  • a test agent can be any molecule typically used in the modulation of protein activity or expression and includes, for example, small molecules, chemicals, peptidomimetics, antibodies, peptides, polynucleotides (e.g., antisense or ribozyme molecules), and the like. Accordingly, agents developed by computer based drug design can be tested in the laboratory using the assay and methods described herein to determine the activity of the agent on the modulation of MPD activity or expression. Modulation of MPD includes an increase or decrease in activity or expression.
  • An MPD polypeptide of the invention are useful in a variety of assays.
  • an MPD polypeptide of the invention can be used to identify binding partners of members of the ADAM family of polypeptides, which can also be used to modulate intercellular communication, co-stimulation, or immune cell activity. Alternatively, they can be used to identify non-binding-partner molecules or substances that modulate intercellular communication, co-stimulatory pathways, or immune cell activity.
  • MPD polypeptides and fragments thereof can be used to identify binding partners. For example, they can be tested for the ability to bind a candidate-binding partner in any suitable assay, such as a conventional binding assay.
  • an MPD polypeptide or fragment thereof can be labeled with a detectable molecule (e.g., a radionuclide, a chromophore, and an enzyme that catalyzes a colorimetric or fluorometric reaction and the like).
  • the labeled polypeptide is contacted with cells expressing the candidate-binding partner.
  • the cells then are washed to remove unbound- labeled polypeptide, and the presence of cell-bound label is determined by a suitable technique, chosen according to the nature of the label.
  • a binding partner integrin is identified by the use of anti-integrin antibodies.
  • the ability of integrin mAbs to inhibit the binding of MPDdis-Fc polypeptides reveals which integrin the disintegrin domain binds and, indirectly, which integrin binding activities the disintegrin domain is able to antagonize.
  • MPDdis-Fc polypeptides that bind to select integrins are further tested for the ability to disrupt integrin-ligand interactions and to modulate endothelial cell function, angiogenesis, and other biological activities in vitro and in vivo.
  • a recombinant expression vector containing the candidate binding partner cDNA is transfected into CVl-EBNA-1 cells.
  • the cells are incubated for 1 hour at 37°C with various concentrations of, for example, a soluble MPD polypeptide/Fc fusion polypeptide.
  • Cells are washed and incubated with a constant saturating concentration of a 125 I- mouse anti-human IgG. After washing, cells are released via trypsinization.
  • the mouse anti-human IgG employed above is directed against the Fc region of human IgG and can be obtained from Jackson Immunoresearch Laboratories, Inc., West Grove, PA.
  • the antibody will bind to the Fc portion of any Fc polypeptide that has bound to the cells.
  • Cell-bound 125 I-antibody is quantified on a Packard Autogamma counter.
  • an MPD polypeptide binds or potentially binds to another polypeptide (e.g., in a receptor-ligand interaction)
  • the MPD polynucleotide can also be used in interaction trap assays (see, e.g., Gyuris et al, Cell 75:791, 1993) to identify polynucleotides encoding the other polypeptide with which binding occurs or to identify inhibitors of the binding interaction.
  • Polypeptides involved in these binding interactions can also be used to screen for peptide or small molecule inhibitors or agonists of the binding interaction.
  • Suitable binding assay is a competitive binding assay.
  • biological activity of a variant can be determined by assaying for the variant's ability to compete with the native polypeptide for binding to the candidate-binding partner.
  • Competitive binding assays can be performed by conventional methodology.
  • Reagents that can be employed in competitive binding assays include a radiolabeled MPD fragment or variant and intact cells expressing MPD (endogenous or recombinant) on the cell surface. Instead of intact cells, one could substitute a soluble binding partner/Fc fusion polypeptide bound to a solid phase through the interaction of Polypeptide A or Polypeptide G (on the solid phase) with the Fc moiety.
  • Chromatography columns that contain Polypeptide A and G include those available from Pharmacia Biotech, Inc., Piscataway, NJ.
  • Enzymatic assays can be used to measure metalloproteinase activity of MPD polypeptides.
  • the activity of an MPD metalloproteinase polypeptide can be measure by incubating a fluorescently labeled MPD metalloproteinase substrate with an MPD metalloproteinase polypeptide and measuring a change in the fluorescence or location of fluorescence. Development of fluorescently labeled substrates in known in the art.
  • MPD polypeptides, MPD fragments and antibodies The influence of MPD polypeptides, MPD fragments and antibodies on intercellular communication, co-stimulation, integrin binding, endothelial cell migration, angiogenesis or immune cell activity can be assayed by contacting a cell or a group of cells with a polynucleotide, polypeptide, agonist or antagonist, to induce, enhance, suppress, or arrest cellular communication, costimulation, integrin binding, endothelial cell migration, angiogenesis or activity in the target cells.
  • Identification of MPD polypeptides, agonists or antagonists can be carried out via a variety of assays known to those skilled in the art.
  • Such assays include those that evaluate the ability of an MPD polypeptide to influence intercellular communication, co-stimulation, integrin binding, endothelial cell migration, or angiogenesis.
  • Such an assay would involve, for example, the analysis of cell-cell interactions (e.g., through integrin-related binding) in the presence of an MPD polypeptide or soluble disintegrin fragment thereof.
  • one would determine a rate of cell-cell interaction, cell matrix interaction, or integrin associated binding in the presence of a polypeptide having an MPD sequence and then determine if such binding or interaction is altered in the presence of, e.g., a soluble disintegrin MPD (MPDdis) sequence.
  • MPDdis soluble disintegrin MPD
  • Exemplary assays for this aspect of the invention includes endothelial migration assays. Other assays are known in the art.
  • the invention provides a method of detecting the ability of a test agent to affect the cell-cell interaction, cell-matrix interaction, integrin-associated binding activity, endothelial cell migratory activity, or angiogenic activity of the test agent on a cell or culture.
  • the method comprises: (1) contacting a first group of target cells with a test agent including a polypeptide comprising an MPD sequence (e.g., SEQ ED NO: 1-27; or a soluble MPD disintegrin polypeptide), a ligand or receptor for an MPD polypeptide, or fragment thereof, under conditions appropriate to the particular assay being used; (2) measuring the net rate of cell-cell interaction, cell-matrix interaction, integrin-associated binding activity, endothelial cell migratory activity, or angiogenic activity among the target cells; and (3) observing the net rate of cell-cell interaction, cell-matrix interaction, integrin-associated binding activity, endothelial cell migratory activity, or angiogenic activity among control cells containing an MPD polypeptide ligand or fragments thereof, in the absence of a test agent, under otherwise identical conditions as the first group of cells.
  • a test agent including a polypeptide comprising an MPD sequence (e.g., SEQ ED NO:
  • the net rate of intercellular communication or co-stimulation in the control cells is compared to that of the cells treated with both an MPD molecule as well as a test agent.
  • the comparison will provide a difference in the net rate of cell-cell interaction, cell- matrix interaction, integrin-associated binding activity, endothelial cell migratory activity, or angiogenic activity indicative of an agent that modulates MPD activity.
  • the test agent can function as an effector by either activating or up-regulating, or by inhibiting or down-regulating cell-cell interaction, cell-matrix interaction, integrinassociated binding, endothelial cell migratory activity, or angiogenic activity.
  • a polypeptide of the invention may exhibit cytokine production or inhibition activity, cell proliferation (either inducing or inhibiting), or cell differentiation (either inducing or inhibiting) activity.
  • cytokine production or inhibition activity cell proliferation (either inducing or inhibiting), or cell differentiation (either inducing or inhibiting) activity.
  • Many polypeptide factors discovered to date, including all known cytokines, have exhibited activity in one or more cell proliferation assays, and hence the assays serve as a convenient confirmation of cytokine activity.
  • the activity of a polypeptide of the invention is evidenced by any one of a number of routine factor dependent cell proliferation assays for cell lines including, without limitation, 32D, DA2, DA1G, T10, B9, B9/11, BaF3, MC9/G, M+ (preB M+), 2E8, RB5, DAI, 123, T1165, HT2, CTLL2, TF-1, Mo7e and CMK.
  • the activity of an MPD polypeptide of the invention may be measured by the following methods: Assays for T-cell or thymocyte proliferation include, without limitation, those described in: Current Protocols in Immunology, Ed. by Coligan et al, Pub.
  • Assays for cytokine production and/or proliferation of spleen cells, lymph node cells or thymocytes include, without limitation, those described in: Polyclonal T cell stimulation, Kruisbeek, A. M. and Shevach, Vol 1 pp. 3.12.1-3.12.14, and Measurement of mouse and human Interferon ⁇ , Schreiber, R. D. Vol 1 pp. 6.8.1-6.8.8. In Current Protocols in Immunology. E. M. Coligan eds. John Wiley and Sons, Toronto. 1994; Coligan eds., John Wiley and Sons, Toronto, 1994.
  • Assays for proliferation and differentiation of hematopoietic and lymphopoietic cells include, without limitation, those described in: Measurement of Human and Murine Interleukin 2 and Interleukin 4, Bottomry et al, i Current Protocols in Immunology. Coligan eds. Vol 1 pp. 6.3.1-6.3.12, John Wiley and Sons, Toronto. 1991; deVries et al, J. Exp. Med. 173:1205, 1991; Moreau et al, Nature 336:690, 1988; Greenberger et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 80:2931, 1983; Measurement of mouse and human interleukin 6, Nordan, R. In Current Protocols in Immunology.
  • Assays for T-cell clone responses to antigens include, without limitation, those described in: Current Protocols in Immunology, Coligan eds., Pub. Greene Publishing Associates and Wiley- Interscience (Chapter 3, In vitro assays for Mouse Lymphocyte Function; Chapter 6, Cytokines and their cellular receptors; Chapter 7, Immunologic studies in Humans); Weinberger et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:6091, 1980; Weinberger et al, Eur. J. Immun. 11:405, 1981; Takai et al, J. Immunol. 137:3494, 1986; Takai et al, J. Immunol. 140:508, 1988.
  • Assays for thymocyte or splenocyte cytotoxicity include, without limitation, Current Protocols in Immunology, Coligan eds., Pub. Greene Publishing Associates and Wiley- Interscience (In vitro assays for Mouse Lymphocyte Function pp. 3.1-3.19; Chapter 7, Immunologic studies in Humans); Herrmann et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 78:2488, 1981; Herrmann et al, J.Immunol. 128:1968, 1982; Handa et al, J.Immunol. 135:1564, 1985; Takai et al, J.Immunol.
  • Assays for T-cell-dependent IgG responses and isotype switching include, without limitation, those described in: Maliszewski, J. Immunol.
  • MLR Mixed lymphocyte reaction
  • Dendritic cell-dependent assays (which will identify, among others, polypeptides expressed by dendritic cells that activate naive T-cells) include, without limitation, those described in: Guery et al, J. Immunol. 134:536, 1995; Inaba et al, J. of Exp. Med. 173:549, 1991;
  • lymphocyte survival/apoptosis which will identify, among others, polypeptides that prevent apoptosis after superantigen induction and polypeptides that regulate lymphocyte homeostasis
  • assays for lymphocyte survival/apoptosis include, without limitation, those described in: Darzynkiewicz et al,
  • Assays for polypeptides that influence early steps of T-cell commitment and development include, without limitation, those described in: Antica et al, Blood 84:111, 1994; Fine et al, Cell.
  • Assays for embryonic stem cell differentiation include, without limitation, those described in: Johansson et al. Cell. Biol. 15: 141, 1995; Keller et al, Mol. and Cell. Biol.
  • Assays for stem cell survival and differentiation include, without limitation, those described in:
  • Assays for tissue generation activity include, without limitation, those described in: Patent Publication No. WO95/16035 (bone, cartilage, tendon); Patent Publication No. WO95/05846 (nerve, neuronal); Patent Publication No. WO91/07491 (skin, endothelium).
  • Assays for wound healing activity include, without limitation, those described in: Winter, Epidermal Wound Healing, pps. 71-112 (Maibach, and Rovee, eds.), Year Book Medical Publishers, Inc., Chicago, as modified by Eaglstein and Mertz, J. Invest. Dermatol 71:382-84 (1978).
  • Assays for activin/inhibin activity include, without limitation, those described in: Vale et al, Endocrinol. 91:562, 1972; Ling et al, Nature 321:779, 1986; Vale et al, Nature 321:776, 1986; Mason et al, Nature 318:659, 1985; Forage et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:3091, 1986.
  • Assays for cell movement and adhesion include, without limitation, those described in: Current Protocols in Immunology, Coligan eds., Pub. Greene Publishing Associates and Wiley- Interscience (Chapter 6.12, Measurement of and ⁇ Chemokines 6.12.1-6.12.28; Taub et al. J. Clin. Invest. 95:1370-1376, 1995; Lind et al. APMIS 103: 140, 1995; Muller et al. Eur. J. Immunol. 25: 1744; Gruber et al. J. Immunol. 152:5860, 1994; Johnston et al. J. Immunol. 153: 1762, 1994.
  • Assay for hemostatic and thrombolytic activity include, without limitation, those described in: Linet et al, J. Clin. Pharmacol. 26:131, 1986; Burdick et al, Thrombosis Res. 45:413,1987; Humphrey et al, Fibrinolysis 5:71, 1991; Schaub, Prostaglandins 35:467, 1988.
  • Assays for receptor-ligand activity include, without limitation, those described in: Current Protocols in immunology, Coligan eds., Pub. Greene Publishing Associates and Wiley- Interscience (Chapter 7.28, Measurement of Cellular Adhesion under static conditions 7.28.1- 7.28.22), Takai et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:6864, 1987; Bierer et al, J. Exp. Med. 168:1145, 1988; Rosenstein et al, J. Exp. Med. 169:149, 1989; Stoltenborg et al, J. Immunol. Methods 175:59, 1994; Stitt et al, Cell 80:661, 1995.
  • Assays for cadherin adhesive and invasive suppressor activity include, without limitation, those described in: Hortsch et al. J Biol. Chem. 270(32): 18809, 1995; Miyaki et al. Oncogene 11: 2547, 1995; Ozawa et al Cell 63:1033, 1990.
  • a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide having an MPD sequence provided by the invention can be used for numerous diagnostic or other useful pu ⁇ oses.
  • a polynucleotide of the invention e.g., a polynucleotide encoding SEQ ED NO: 1-26 or 27
  • Probes and Primers are Among the uses of the disclosed MPD polynucleotides, and combinations of fragments thereof, is the use of fragments as probes or primers. Such fragments generally comprise at least about 17 contiguous nucleotides of a DNA sequence. In other embodiments, a DNA fragment comprises at least 30, or at least 60 contiguous nucleotides of a DNA sequence.
  • the basic parameters affecting the choice of hybridization conditions and guidance for devising suitable conditions are set forth by Sambrook et al, 1989 and are described in detail above. Using knowledge of the genetic code in combination with the amino acid sequences set forth above, sets of degenerate oligonucleotides can be prepared.
  • oligonucleotides are useful as primers, e.g., in polymerase chain reactions (PCR), whereby DNA fragments are isolated and amplified, hi certain embodiments, degenerate primers can be used as probes for non-human genetic libraries.
  • libraries would include but are not limited to cDNA libraries, genomic libraries, and even electronic EST (express sequence tag) or DNA libraries. Homologous sequences identified by this method would then be used as probes to identify non- human homologues of the MPD sequence identified herein.
  • Chromosome Mapping The polynucleotides encoding MPD polypeptides, and the disclosed fragments and combinations of these polynucleotides, can be used by those skilled in the art using known techniques to identify the human chromosome to which these sequences map. Useful techniques include, but are not limited to, using the sequence or portions, including oligonucleotides, as a probe in various known techniques such as radiation hybrid mapping (high resolution), in situ hybridization to chromosome spreads (moderate resolution), and Southern blot hybridization to hybrid cell lines containing individual human chromosomes (low resolution). The following web site provides additional information about radiation hybrid mapping: www-genome.wi.mit.edu/ftp/distribution/human_STS_releases/july97/07-97.INTRO.html.
  • a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide having an MPD polypeptide sequence of the invention, and the disclosed fragments and combinations of these polynucleotides can be used to analyze abnormalities associated with the genes corresponding to MPD polypeptides. This enables one to distinguish conditions in which this marker is rearranged or deleted.
  • polynucleotides of the invention or a fragment thereof can be used as a positional marker to map other genes of unknown location.
  • the polynucleotide can be used in developing treatments for any disorder mediated (directly or indirectly) by defective, or insufficient amounts of, genes (e.g., an MPD-associated disorder) corresponding to the polynucleotides of the invention.
  • the polynucleotides and associated sequences disclosed herein permit the detection of defective genes, and the replacement thereof with normal genes.
  • Defective genes can be detected in in vitro diagnostic assays, and by comparison of the polynucleotide sequences disclosed herein with that of a gene derived from a subject suspected of harboring a defect in this gene or having an MPD- associated disorder.
  • MPD polypeptides and peptide fragments thereof include, but are not limited to, the following: delivery agents; therapeutic and research reagents; molecular weight and isoelectric focusing markers; controls for peptide fragmentation; identification of unknown polypeptides; and preparation of antibodies.
  • the MPD polypeptides (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1-26 or 27) of the invention can be used as polypeptide purification reagents.
  • MPD polypeptides can be attached to a solid support material and used to purify its binding partners (e.g., an integrin molecule) by affinity chromatography.
  • a polypeptide is attached to a solid support by conventional procedures.
  • chromatography columns containing functional groups that will react with amino acid side chains of polypeptides are available (Pharmacia Biotech, Inc., Piscataway, NJ).
  • an MPD-Fc polypeptide is attached to Polypeptide A- or Polypeptide G-containing chromatography columns through interaction with the Fc moiety.
  • the polypeptide also finds use in purifying or identifying cells that express a binding partner on the cell surface.
  • Polypeptides are bound to a solid phase such as a column chromatography matrix or a similar suitable substrate.
  • a solid phase such as a column chromatography matrix or a similar suitable substrate.
  • magnetic microspheres can be coated with the polypeptides and held in an incubation vessel through a magnetic field. Suspensions of cell mixtures containing the binding partner expressing cells are contacted with the solid phase having the polypeptides thereon. Cells expressing the binding partner on the cell surface bind to the polypeptides on the solid phase, and unbound cells then are washed away.
  • the polypeptides can be conjugated to a detectable moiety, then incubated with cells to be tested for binding partner expression.
  • the polypeptides also find use as carriers for delivering agents attached thereto to cells bearing identified binding partners (e.g., an integrin).
  • the polypeptides thus can be used to deliver diagnostic or therapeutic agents to such cells in in vitro or in vivo procedures.
  • Detectable (diagnostic) and therapeutic agents that can be attached to a polypeptide include, but are not limited to, toxins, other cytotoxic agents, drugs, radionuclides, chromophores, enzymes that catalyze a colorimetric or fluorometric reaction, and the like, with the particular agent being chosen according to the intended application.
  • Radionuclides suitable for diagnostic use include, but are not limited to, 123 I, 131 1, 99m Tc, m In, and 76 Br.
  • radionuclides suitable for therapeutic use are 131 I, 211 At, 77 Br, 186 Re, 188 Re, 212 Pb, 12 Bi, 109 Pd, 64 Cu, and 67 Cu.
  • Such agents can be attached to the polypeptide by any suitable conventional procedure.
  • the polypeptide comprises functional groups on amino acid side chains that can be reacted with functional groups on a desired agent to form covalent bonds, for example.
  • the polypeptide or agent can be derivatized to generate or attach a desired reactive functional group.
  • the derivatization can involve attachment of one of the bifunctional coupling reagents available for attaching various molecules to polypeptides (Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, Illinois).
  • soluble MPD disintegrins that can be used to target cells expressing a binding partner for the MPD disintegrin moiety (e.g., an integrin).
  • Such soluble MPD disintegrins can be used to target reagents to cells expressing, for example, the disintegrin' s cognate integrin.
  • antibodies specific for an MPD polypeptide can be labeled with a diagnostic or therapeutic agent and used to target the diagnostic or therapeutic to cells expressing an MPD polypeptide.
  • MPD polypeptides and MPD fragments can be employed in modulating a biological activity of an ADAM polypeptide, particularly MPD polypeptide, in in vitro or in vivo procedures.
  • an ADAM polypeptide particularly MPD polypeptide
  • MPD polypeptide can be employed in modulating a biological activity of an ADAM polypeptide, particularly MPD polypeptide, in in vitro or in vivo procedures.
  • domains of MPD polypeptides that act as modulators of native ADAM polypeptide function, including native MPD activity, when expressed as fragments or as components of fusion polypeptides.
  • a substantially purified polypeptide domain of the invention can be used to inhibit binding of an MPD polypeptide to endogenous binding partners. Such use effectively would block MPD interactions and inhibit MPD activities.
  • a soluble form of an MPD binding partner e.g., a soluble integrin domain
  • a soluble form of an MPD binding partner is used to bind to, and competitively inhibit activation of the
  • the invention is directed to methods of inhibiting the binding of an integrin to its ligand, and thereby inhibiting the biological activity of the integrin, comprising contacting the integrin with an effective amount of an MPDdis polypeptide.
  • the invention is further directed to methods of inhibiting endothelial cell migration and methods of inhibiting angiogenesis comprising administering an effective amount of an MPDdis polypeptide.
  • the MPDdis polypeptide is in the form of a multimer, preferably a leucine zipper multimer or Fc polypeptide.
  • substantially purified or modified MPD polypeptides of the invention can be administered to modulate interactions between MPD polypeptides and MPD binding partners that are not membrane-bound.
  • Antibodies that bind to MPD polypeptides can inhibit MPD polypeptide activity and may act as antagonists.
  • antibodies that specifically bind to one or more epitopes of an MPD polypeptide, or epitope of conserved variants of MPD polypeptides, or fragments can be used to inhibit MPD activity.
  • specifically bind means that an antibody to an MPD polypeptide or fragment thereof will not cross-react with unrelated polypeptides. Preferably such an antibody will not cross-react with other members of the ADAM family.
  • the invention further encompasses the use of agonists of MPD activity to treat or ameliorate the symptoms of a disease for which increased disintegrin activity is beneficial.
  • the invention entails administering compositions comprising an MPD polynucleotide or fragment thereof or a polypeptide comprising an MPD amino acid sequence (e.g., SEQ D NO: 1-26 or 27) or fragment thereof.
  • the administering may be to cells in vitro, to cells ex vivo, to cells in vivo, and/or to a multicellular organism.
  • Preferred therapeutic forms include soluble forms of an MPD having disintegrin activity.
  • Such a soluble MPD disintegrin polypeptide will bind to its binding partner (e.g., an integrin) and stimulate a biological activity associated with the binding partner.
  • compositions comprise administering a polynucleotide encoding an MPD polypeptide for expression in a host organism for treatment of disease.
  • a polynucleotide encoding an MPD polypeptide for expression in a host organism for treatment of disease is particularly preferred in this regard.
  • the invention encompasses the administration of compounds found to increase the endogenous activity of polypeptides comprising an MPD amino acid sequence to cells and/or organisms.
  • One example of compounds that increase MPD polypeptide activity are antibodies that bind to MPD polypeptides, preferably monoclonal antibodies, and increase or stimulate MPD polypeptide activity by causing constitutive intracellular signaling (or "ligand mimicking"), or by preventing the binding of a native inhibitor of MPD polypeptide activity.
  • an MPD polypeptide, fragment, variant, antagonist, agonist, antibody, and binding partner of the invention can be useful for treating medical conditions and diseases associated with cell-cell and cell matrix interactions (e.g., integrin-mediated disorders), endothelial migration, angiogenesis, inflammation, cancer, allergy, reproductive, neurological and vascular conditions as described further herein.
  • the therapeutic molecule or molecules to be used will depend on the etiology of the condition to be treated and the biological pathways involved, and will consider that different variants, antagonists, and binding partners of MPD polypeptides may have similar or different effects.
  • an MPD polypeptide or fragment thereof may act as an antagonist of a protein processing function of metalloproteinases (e.g., from other members of the ADAM family of polypeptides) by interacting with an ADAM binding partner and preventing the activity of the metalloproteinase upon its substrate. Accordingly, an MPD may modulate protein processing, such as release of growth factors, adhesion proteins, and inflammatory factors.
  • the disclosed MPD polypeptides, fragments thereof, antibodies, compositions and combination therapies described herein are useful in medicines for treating bacterial, viral or protozoal infections, and complications resulting therefrom.
  • Cardiovascular disorders are treatable with the disclosed MPD polypeptides, fragments thereof, antibodies, pharmaceutical compositions or combination therapies, including aortic aneurysms; arteritis; vascular occlusion; complications of coronary by-pass surgery; ischemia/reperfusion injury; heart disease; heart failure; and myocardial infarction.
  • the MPD polypeptides, fragments thereof, antibodies, compositions and combination therapies of the invention can be used to treat chronic pain conditions, to treat various disorders of the endocrine system, conditions of the gastrointestinal system, disorders of the genitourinary system, and anemias and hematological disorders.
  • integrins e.g., o ⁇ 5 3 , GC v ⁇ s, ⁇ i, ⁇ 4 , cci, a 2 , a 3 , a , as, and ⁇ 6 integrins
  • methods for using MPD polypeptides, fragments thereof, antibodies, compositions or combination therapies to treat various hematologic and oncologic disorders include o ⁇ 5 3 , GC v ⁇ s, ⁇ i, ⁇ 4 , cci, a 2 , a 3 , a , as, and ⁇ 6 integrins
  • soluble MPD disintegrin domains can be used to treat various forms of cancer, including acute myelogenous leukemia, Epstein-Barr virus-positive nasopharyngeal carcinoma, glioma, colon, stomach, prostate, renal cell, cervical and ovarian cancers, lung cancer (SCLC and NSCLC), including cancer- associated cachexia, fatigue, asthenia, paraneoplastic syndrome of cachexia, and hypercalcemia by modulating integrin-associated interactions.
  • cancer including acute myelogenous leukemia, Epstein-Barr virus-positive nasopharyngeal carcinoma, glioma, colon, stomach, prostate, renal cell, cervical and ovarian cancers, lung cancer (SCLC and NSCLC), including cancer- associated cachexia, fatigue, asthenia, paraneoplastic syndrome of cachexia, and hypercalcemia by modulating integrin-associated interactions.
  • Additional diseases treatable with the polypeptides, fragments, antibodies, compositions or combination therapies of the invention are solid tumors, including sarcoma, osteosarcoma, and carcinoma, such as adenocarcinoma (e.g., breast cancer) and squamous cell carcinoma.
  • Administration of a soluble MPD disintegrin domain can modulate cell-cell and cell-matrix interactions of such tumor cells and/or modulate the angiogenesis and blood supply to such tumors.
  • the MPD polypeptides, fragments thereof, compositions or combination therapies are useful for treating leukemia, including acute myelogenous leukemia, chronic or acute lymphoblastic leukemia and hairy cell leukemia.
  • Other malignancies with invasive metastatic potential that can be treated with the MPD polypeptides, fragments, antibodies, compositions and combination therapies, include multiple myeloma, various lymphoproliferative disorders such as autoimmune lymphoproliferative syndrome (ALPS), chronic lymphoblastic leukemia, hairy cell leukemia, chronic lymphatic leukemia, peripheral T-cell lymphoma, small lymphocytic lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, follicular lymphoma, Burkitt's lymphoma, Epstein-Barr virus- positive T cell lymphoma, histiocytic lymphoma, Hodgkin's disease, diffuse aggressive lymphoma, acute lymphatic leukemias, T gamma lymphoproliferative
  • a combination of at least one MPD polypeptide, fragment thereof, or antibody, and one or more anti-angiogenesis factors or other therapeutic agent(s) may be administered to the subject.
  • the additional therapeutic agent(s) may be administered prior to, concurrently with, or following the administration of the MPD polypeptide, fragment thereof, or antibody.
  • the use of more than one therapeutic agent is particularly advantageous when the subject that is being treated has a solid tumor.
  • the treatment further comprises treating the mammal with radiation. Radiation, including brachytherapy and teletherapy, may be administered prior to, concurrently with, or following the administration of the MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner and/or additional therapeutic agent(s).
  • the method includes the administration of, in addition to a MPD polypeptide, fragment thereof, or antibody, one or more therapeutics selected from the group consisting of alkylating agents, antimetabolites, vinca alkaloids and other plant-derived chemotherapeutics, antitumor antibiotics, antitumor enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, platinum analogs, adrenocortical suppressants, hormones and antihormones, antibodies, immunotherapeutics, radiotherapeutics, and biological response modifiers.
  • one or more therapeutics selected from the group consisting of alkylating agents, antimetabolites, vinca alkaloids and other plant-derived chemotherapeutics, antitumor antibiotics, antitumor enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, platinum analogs, adrenocortical suppressants, hormones and antihormones, antibodies, immunotherapeutics, radiotherapeutics, and biological response modifiers.
  • the method includes administration of, in addition to an MPD polypeptide, fragment thereof, or antibody, one or more therapeutics selected from the group consisting of cisplatin, cyclophosphamide, mechloretamine, melphalan, bleomycin, carboplatin, fluorouracil, 5-fluorodeoxyuridine, methotrexate, taxol, asparaginase, vincristine, and vinblastine, lymphokines and cytokines such as interleukins, interferons ( ⁇ , ⁇ or ⁇ ) and TNF, chlorambucil, busulfan, carmustine, lomustine, semustine, streptozocin, dacarbazine, cytarabine, mercaptopurine, thioguanine, vindesine, etoposide, teniposide, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, bleomycin, plicamycin, mitomycin,
  • the method includes administration of, in addition to an MPD polypeptide, fragment thereof, or antibody, one or more therapeutic polypeptides, including soluble forms thereof, selected from the group consisting of Flt3 ligand (see, U.S. Patent No. 5,554,512), CD40 ligand (see, U.S. Patent No. 5,716,805), EL-2, EL-12, 4-1BB ligand (see, U.S. Patent No. 5,674,704), anti-4-lBB antibodies, TRAIL, TNF antagonists and TNF receptor antagonists including TNFR/Fc, Tek antagonists, TWEAK antagonists and TWEAK-R (see, U.S.
  • an MPD polypeptide, fragment thereof, or antibody of the invention is used as a component of, or in combination with, "metronomic therapy,” such as that described by Browder et al. and Klement et al. (Cancer Research 60:1878, 2000; J. Clin. Invest. 105(8):R15, 2000; see also Barinaga, Science 288:245, 2000).
  • This invention provides compounds, compositions, and methods for treating a subject, preferably a mammalian subject, and most preferably a human subject, who is suffering from a medical disorder and in particular, an MPD-associated disorder.
  • MPD-associated disorders include conditions caused (directly or indirectly) or exacerbated by binding between a polypeptide having an MPD sequence and its binding partner (e.g., an integrin).
  • the terms “illness,” “disease,” “disorder,” “medical condition,” “abnormal condition” and the like are used interchangeably with the term “medical disorder.”
  • the terms “treat”, “treating”, and “treatment” used herein include curative, preventative (e.g., prophylactic) and palliative or ameliorative treatment.
  • MPD polypeptides and fragments, MPD polynucleotides encoding an MPD polypeptide, and/or agonists or antagonists of the MPD polypeptide such as antibodies can be administered to the subject in need through known means.
  • compositions of the invention can contain a polypeptide in any form described herein, such as native polypeptides, variants, derivatives, oligomers, and biologically active fragments.
  • the composition comprises a soluble polypeptide or an oligomer comprising soluble MPD polypeptides (e.g., a soluble MPD disintegrin domain).
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a therapeutic agent of the invention is administered to a subject having a condition to be treated, preferably to treat or ameliorate diseases associated with the activity of an MPD polypeptide.
  • “Therapeutic agent” includes without limitation any MPD polypeptide, fragment, and variant; polynucleotide encoding an MPD polypeptide, fragment, and variant; agonists or antagonists of the an MPD polypeptide such as antibodies; an MPD polypeptide binding partner; complexes formed from an MPD polypeptide, fragment, variant, and binding partner, and the like.
  • the term "therapeutically effective amount” means the total amount of each therapeutic agent or other active component of the pharmaceutical composition or method that is sufficient to show a meaningful subject benefit, e.g., treatment, healing, prevention or amelioration of the relevant medical condition, or an increase in rate of treatment, healing, prevention or amelioration of such conditions.
  • a meaningful subject benefit e.g., treatment, healing, prevention or amelioration of the relevant medical condition, or an increase in rate of treatment, healing, prevention or amelioration of such conditions.
  • the term refers to that ingredient alone.
  • the term refers to combined amounts of the ingredients that result in the therapeutic effect, whether administered in combination, serially or simultaneously.
  • administering a therapeutically effective amount of a therapeutic agent means that the subject is treated with said therapeutic agent in an amount and for a time sufficient to induce an improvement, and preferably a sustained improvement, in at least one indicator that reflects the severity of the disorder.
  • An improvement is considered “sustained” if the subject exhibits the improvement on at least two occasions separated by one or more weeks.
  • the degree of improvement is determined based on signs or symptoms, and determinations may also employ questionnaires that are administered to the subject, such as quality-of-life questionnaires.
  • Various indicators that reflect the extent of the subject's illness may be assessed for determining whether the amount and time of the treatment is sufficient.
  • the baseline value for the chosen indicator or indicators is established by examination of the subject prior to administration of the first dose of the therapeutic agent. Preferably, the baseline examination is done within about 60 days of administering the first dose. If the therapeutic agent is being administered to treat acute symptoms, the first dose is administered as soon as practically possible after the injury has occurred. Improvement is induced by administering therapeutic agents such as an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner until the subject manifests an improvement over baseline for the chosen indicator or indicators. In treating chronic conditions, this degree of improvement is obtained by repeatedly administering this medicament over a period of at least a month or more, e.g., for one, two, or three months or longer, or indefinitely.
  • therapeutic agents such as an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner
  • suitable dosages will vary, depending upon such factors as the nature and severity of the disorder to be treated, the subject's body weight, age, general condition, and prior illnesses and/or treatments, and the route of administration.
  • Preliminary doses can be determined according to animal tests, and the scaling of dosages for human administration is performed according to art-accepted practices such as standard dosing trials.
  • the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. The dosage will depend on the specific activity of the compound and can be readily determined by routine experimentation.
  • a dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC 50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture, while minimizing tonicities. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans.
  • the attending physician will decide the amount of polypeptide of the invention with which to treat each individual subject. Initially, the attending physician will administer low doses of polypeptide of the invention and observe the subject's response. Larger doses of polypeptide of the invention may be administered until the optimal therapeutic effect is obtained for the subject, and at that point the dosage is not increased further.
  • the various pharmaceutical compositions used to practice the method of the invention should contain about 0.01 ng to about 100 mg (preferably about 0.1 ng to about 10 mg, more preferably about 0.1 microgram to about 1 mg) of a polypeptide of the invention per kg body weight.
  • an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner is administered one time per week to treat the various medical disorders disclosed herein.
  • polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner is administered at least two times per week and in another embodiment at least three times per week.
  • the effective amount of an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner per adult dose ranges from 1-20 mg/m 2 , and preferably is about 5-12 mg/m 2 .
  • a flat dose may be administered whose amount may range from 5-100 mg/dose.
  • Exemplary dose ranges for a flat dose to be administered by subcutaneous injection are 5-25 mg/dose, 25-50 mg/dose and 50-100 mg/dose.
  • the various indications described herein are treated by administering a preparation acceptable for injection containing an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner at 25 mg/dose, or alternatively, containing 50 mg per dose.
  • the 25 mg or 50 mg dose may be administered repeatedly, particularly for chronic conditions.
  • the dose is appropriately adjusted in accord with standard medical practices.
  • an improvement in a subject's condition will be obtained by injecting a dose of about 25 mg of an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner one to three times per week over a period of at least three weeks, or a dose of 50 mg of an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner one or two times per week for at least three weeks (a treatment for longer periods may be necessary to induce the desired degree of improvement).
  • the regimen may be continued indefinitely, with adjustments being made to dose and frequency if such are deemed necessary by the subject's physician.
  • a suitable regimen involves the subcutaneous injection of 0.4 mg/kg, up to a maximum dose of 25 mg of an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner, administered by subcutaneous injection one or more times per week.
  • an antibody against an MPD polypeptide is used as an MPD polypeptide antagonist, a preferred dose range is 0.1 to 20 mg/kg, and more preferably is 1-10 mg/kg.
  • Another preferred dose range for an anti-MPD polypeptide antibody is 0.75 to 7.5 mg/kg of body weight.
  • Humanized antibodies are preferred. Such antibodies may be injected or administered intravenously.
  • Compositions comprising an effective amount of an MPD polypeptide of the invention
  • compositions suitable for administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents or thickening agents.
  • polypeptides can be formulated according to known methods used to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions. They can be combined in admixture, either as the sole active material or with other known active materials suitable for a given indication, with pharmaceutically acceptable diluents (e.g., saline, Tris-HCl, acetate, and phosphate buffered solutions), preservatives (e.g., thimerosal, benzyl alcohol, parabens), emulsifiers, solubilizers, adjuvants and/or carriers.
  • Suitable formulations for pharmaceutical compositions include those described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16th ed. 1980, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA.
  • the polypeptide may undergo pegylation to assist in adso ⁇ tion or uptake.
  • compositions can be complexed with polyethylene glycol (PEG), metal ions, or inco ⁇ orated into polymeric compounds such as polyacetic acid, polyglycolic acid, hydrogels, dextran, and the like, or inco ⁇ orated into liposomes, microemulsions, micelles, unilamellar or multilamellar vesicles, erythrocyte ghosts or spheroblasts.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • metal ions or inco ⁇ orated into polymeric compounds such as polyacetic acid, polyglycolic acid, hydrogels, dextran, and the like, or inco ⁇ orated into liposomes, microemulsions, micelles, unilamellar or multilamellar vesicles, erythrocyte ghosts or spheroblasts.
  • Suitable lipids for liposomal formulation include, without limitation, monoglycerides, diglycerides, sulfatides, lysolecithin, phospholipids, saponin, bile acids, and the like. Preparation of such liposomal formulations is within the level of skill in the art, as disclosed, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 4,235,871; U.S. Pat. No. 4,501,728; U.S. Pat. No. 4,837,028; and U.S. Pat. No. 4,737,323, all of which are inco ⁇ orated herein by reference.
  • compositions will influence the physical state, solubility, stability, rate of in vivo release, and rate of in vivo clearance, and are thus chosen according to the intended application, so that the characteristics of the carrier will depend on the selected route of administration, i one preferred embodiment of the invention, sustained-release forms of an MPD polypeptide are used.
  • Sustained-release forms suitable for use in the disclosed methods include, but are not limited to, an MPD polypeptide that is encapsulated in a slowly-dissolving biocompatible polymer (such as the alginate microparticles described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,036,978), admixed with such a polymer (including topically applied hydrogels), and or encased in a biocompatible semi-permeable implant.
  • An MPD polypeptide of the invention may be active in multimers (e.g., heterodimers or homodimers) or complexes with itself or other polypeptides.
  • pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may comprise a polypeptide of the invention in such multimeric or complexed form.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be in the form of a complex of the polypeptide(s) of invention.
  • the invention further includes the administration of an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner concurrently with one or more other drugs that are administered to the same subject in combination, each drug being administered according to a regimen suitable for that medicament.
  • Conscurrent administration encompasses simultaneous or sequential treatment with the components of the combination, as well as regimens in which the drugs are alternated, or wherein one component is administered long-term and the other(s) are administered intermittently.
  • Components may be administered in the same or in separate compositions, and by the same or different routes of administration.
  • components that may be included in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention are cytokines, lymphokines, or other hematopoietic factors such as: M-CSF, GM-CSF, TNF, IL-1, IL- 2, E -3, IL4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, I -10, IL-11, D -12, E -13, EL-14, IL-15, EL-17, E -18, EFN, TNFO, TNF1, TNF2, G-CSF, Meg-CSF, thrombopoietin, stem cell factor, and erythropoietin.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may further contain other agents that either enhance the activity of the polypeptide or compliment its activity or use in treatment. Such additional factors and/or agents may be included in the pharmaceutical composition to produce a synergistic effect with a polypeptide of the invention, or to minimize side effects.
  • an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner of the invention may be included in formulations with a particular cytokine, lymphokine, other hematopoietic factor, thrombolytic or anti-thrombotic factor, or anti-inflammatory agent to minimize side effects of the cytokine, lymphokine, other hematopoietic factor, thrombolytic or anti-thrombotic factor, or anti-inflammatory agent.
  • drugs to be administered concurrently include but are not limited to antivirals, antibiotics, analgesics, corticosteroids, antagonists of inflammatory cytokines, non- steroidal anti-inflammatories, pentoxifylline, thalidomide, and disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs (DMARDs) such as azathioprine, cyclophosphamide, cyclosporine, hydroxychloroquine sulfate, methotrexate, leflunomide, minocycline, penicillamine, sulfasalazine and gold compounds such as oral gold, gold sodium thiomalate, and aurothioglucose.
  • DMARDs disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs
  • an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner may be combined with a second MPD polypeptide, antibody against an MPD polypeptide, or an MPD polypeptide-derived peptide that acts as a competitive inhibitor of a native an MPD polypeptide.
  • Any efficacious route of administration may be used to therapeutically administer an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner thereof, including those compositions comprising MPD polynucleotides.
  • Parenteral administration includes injection, for example, via intra-articular, intravenous, intramuscular, intralesional, intraperitoneal or subcutaneous routes by bolus injection or by continuous infusion.
  • Other routes include localized administration, e.g., at a site of disease or injury.
  • MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner may be delivered by implanting cells that express the polypeptide, for example, by implanting cells that express an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner.
  • Cells may also be cultured ex vivo in the presence of polypeptides of the invention in order to proliferate or to produce a desired effect on or activity in such cells.
  • Treated cells can then be introduced in vivo for therapeutic pu ⁇ oses.
  • the subject's own cells are induced to produce an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner by transfection in vivo or ex vivo with a polynucleotide that encodes an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner.
  • the polynucleotide can be introduced into the subject's cells, for example, by injecting naked DNA or liposome-encapsulated DNA that encodes an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner, or by other means of transfection.
  • Polynucleotides of the invention may also be administered to subjects by other known methods for introduction of nucleic acids into a cell or organism (including, without limitation, in the form of viral vectors).
  • the polypeptide When a therapeutically effective amount of an MPD polypeptide, fragment thereof, antibody, or binding partner of the invention is administered orally, the polypeptide will typically be in the form of a tablet, capsule, powder, solution or elixir.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may additionally contain a solid carrier such as a gelatin or an adjuvant.
  • the tablet, capsule, and powder contain from about 5 to 95% a polypeptide of the invention, and preferably from about 25 to 90% a polypeptide of the invention.
  • a liquid carrier such as water, petroleum, oils of animal or plant origin such as peanut oil, mineral oil, soybean oil, or sesame oil, or synthetic oils may be added.
  • the liquid form of the pharmaceutical composition may further contain physiological saline solution, dextrose or other saccharide solution, or glycols such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol.
  • the pharmaceutical composition When administered in liquid form, contains from about 0.5 to 90% by weight of a polypeptide of the invention, and preferably from about 1 to 50% a polypeptide of the invention.
  • an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or binding agent of the invention When a therapeutically effective amount of an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or binding agent of the invention is administered by intravenous, cutaneous or subcutaneous injection, the polypeptide will be in the form of a pyrogen-free, parenterally acceptable aqueous solution.
  • parenterally acceptable polypeptide solutions having due regard to pH, isotonicity, stability, and the like, is within the skill in the art.
  • a preferred pharmaceutical composition for intravenous, cutaneous, or subcutaneous injection should contain, in addition to a polypeptide of the invention, an isotonic vehicle such as Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Injection, Dextrose Injection, Dextrose and Sodium Chloride Injection, Lactated Ringer's Injection, or other vehicle as known in the art.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may also contain stabilizers, preservatives, buffers, antioxidants, or other additives known to those of skill in the art.
  • the duration of intravenous therapy using the pharmaceutical composition of the invention will vary, depending on the severity of the disease being treated and the condition and potential idiosyncratic response of each individual subject.
  • the duration of each application of a polypeptide of the invention will be in the range of 12 to 24 hours of continuous intravenous administration. Ultimately the attending physician will decide on the appropriate duration of intravenous therapy.
  • the therapeutic method includes administering a pyrogen-free, physiologically acceptable form of the composition topically, systematically, locally or in association with an implant or device. Further, the composition may desirably be encapsulated or injected in a viscous form for delivery to the site tissue damage. Additional useful agents may also optionally be included in the composition, as described above, or may be administered simultaneously or sequentially with the composition in the methods of the invention.
  • compositions can include a matrix capable of delivering the polypeptide-containing composition to the site tissue damage, providing a structure for the developing tissue and optimally capable of being resorbed into the body.
  • the choice of matrix material is based on biocompatibility, biodegradability, mechanical properties, cosmetic appearance and interface properties.
  • Potential matrices for the compositions include calcium sulfate, tricalciumphosphate, hydroxyapatite, polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid and polyanhydrides.
  • Other potential matrices are nonbiodegradable and chemically defined, such as sintered hydroxyapatite, bioglass, aluminates, or other ceramics.
  • Matrices may be comprised of combinations of any of the above mentioned types of material, such as polylactic acid and hydroxyapatite or collagen and tricalciumphosphate. Progress can be monitored by periodic assessment of tissue/bone growth and/or repair, for example, X-rays, histomo ⁇ hometric determinations and tetracycline labeling.
  • compositions comprising an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner is useful in the treatment of disease conditions in non-human animals, such as pets (dogs, cats, birds, primates, and the like), domestic farm animals (horses cattle, sheep, pigs, birds, and the like).
  • an appropriate dose may be determined according to the animal's body weight. For example, a dose of 0.2-1 mg/kg may be used.
  • the dose is determined according to the animal's surface area, an exemplary dose ranging from 0.1-20 mg/m 2 , or more preferably, from 5-12 mg/m 2 .
  • a suitable dose is 0.4 mg/kg.
  • an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner (preferably constructed from genes derived from the same species as the subject), is administered by injection or other suitable route one or more times per week until the animal's condition is improved, or it may be administered indefinitely.
  • the invention also relates to the use an MPD polypeptide, fragment, and variant; polynucleotide encoding an MPD polypeptide, fragment, and variant; agonists or antagonists of an MPD polypeptide such as antibodies; an MPD polypeptide binding partner; complexes formed from an MPD polypeptide, fragment, variant, and binding partner, and the like, in the manufacture of a medicament for the prevention or therapeutic treatment of a disease or disorder.
  • the invention provides a computer readable medium having stored thereon a member selected from the group consisting of a polypeptide comprising a sequence as set forth in SEQ ED Nos: 1-26, or 27; and a set of polypeptide sequences wherein at least one of said sequences comprises a sequence as set forth in SEQ ID Nos: 1-27.
  • One embodiment of the invention comprises a computing environment and a plurality of algorithms selectively executed to analyze a polypeptide or polynucleotide of the invention.
  • analyses of an ADAM polypeptide include, without limitation, displaying the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide in the set, comparing the amino acid sequence of one polypeptide in the set to the amino acid sequence of another polypeptide in the set, predicting the structure of a polypeptide in the set, determining the nucleotide sequences of nucleic acids encoding a polypeptide in the set, and identifying a gene corresponding to a polypeptide in the set.
  • EXAMPLE 1 Identification of MPD Polypeptides A data set was received from Celera Genomics (Rockville, Maryland) containing amino acid sequences predicted to be encoded by the human genome. This data set was searched using a BLAST algorithm to identify ADAM family polypeptides. The polypeptides set forth in Figure 1 were identified as having substantially homology to metalloproteinase-disintegrin polypeptides, including the ADAM family of polypeptides.
  • EXAMPLE 2 RACE Analysis
  • Polynucleotides encoding an MPD polypeptide are identified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) analysis. All RACE products are cloned into vectors and sequenced. Sequence analysis of the RACE products provides a number of clones having substantially identical sequences. RACE Analysis kits are available from a number of companies including Roche Molecular Systems. Primers were designed based upon consensus sequences found by RACE product comparison. A primer pair comprising nucleotides reverse transcribed from the polypeptide sequences of Figure 1 are used to PCR amplify a cDNA library from lymph node cells, bone marrow cells, as well as other cell types known in the art. The resulting PCR products are cloned and sequenced using standard protocols.
  • RACE rapid amplification of cDNA ends
  • SEQ ED Nos:4-5, 10, 14, 21-22, and 25-26 comprise the sequence HexGHxxGxxHD (SEQ ID NO:28) at residues 208 to 219, 15 to 26, 229 to 240, 555 to 566, 3 to 14, 269 to 280, and 154 to 165, respectively.
  • SEQ ID NO:24 comprises a sequence that has substantial identity to the conserved HexGHxxGxxHD motif.
  • a polypeptide comprising SEQ ED NO: 4, 5, 10, 14, 21, 22, 24, 25, or 26 is predicted to have metalloproteinase activity.
  • SEQ ED Nos:4, 8, 10, 14, 18-19, 21, and 25, as well as some known metalloproteinases, share homology to a sequence comprising LNIx(I/V)(A/V)LVGLE(V/I)WT and thus a polypeptide comprising SEQ ED NO: 4, 8, 10, 14, 18-19, 21, or 25 is predicted to have metalloproteinase activity.
  • the invention also provides SEQ ED Nos:2, 3, 7, 9, 17, 20, and 27 which have a high degree of homology to the Testicular Metalloproteinase-like, Disintegrin-like, Cysteine rich (TMDC) protein family, including TMDC m, TMDC EVA, and TMDC EVC.
  • TMDC Testicular Metalloproteinase-like, Disintegrin-like, Cysteine rich
  • Table 1 shows the relative identity of representative polypeptides of the invention with TMDC protein family members.
  • polypeptides of Figure 1 have homology to the ADAM (A Disintegrin And Metalloproteinase) family of proteins.
  • ADAM A Disintegrin And Metalloproteinase
  • Such polypeptides include metalloproteinase domains characterized as having the highly conserved HExGHxxGxxHD motif (SEQ ED NO: 28) and/or a LNlx( ⁇ A/V)LVGLE(V/ ⁇ )WT motif (SEQ ED NO:29).
  • SEQ ID Nos:4, 10, 14, 21, 25, and 26 comprise a sequence from about amino acids residues 65 to 274 of SEQ ED NO:4; 24 to 235 of SEQ ED NO: 10; 85 to 290 of SEQ ID NO: 14; 202 to 411 of SEQ ED NO:21; 123 to 332 of SEQ ED NO:25; and 118 to 215 of SEQ ID NO:26.
  • a number of polypeptides of Figure 1 have homology to disintegrin domain sequences typically characterized as containing a conserved motif having a sequence CGN(G/K)x(L/V)(E/D)x(G/N)EECDCG (SEQ ED NO:30) (herein after the "CGN-GEEC" motif).
  • SEQ D Nos:4, 10, 14, 21, and 24-26 contain the CGN-GEEC motif and thus a polypeptide comprising SEQ ID NO: 4, 10, 14, 21, 24, 25, or 26 is predicted to have disintegrin activity.
  • SEQ ED NO: 11 has a putative CGN-GEEC sequence at residues 43 to 57 and thus a polypeptide comprising SEQ ED NO: 11 is predicted to have disintegrin activity.
  • ADAM family of proteins are characterized as having a number of conserved cysteine residues in their disintegrin and cysteine-rich domains.
  • Table 2, above provides a summary of the relative domains and residues characterizing the domains of some of the polypeptides of the invention.
  • Variants of the MPD polypeptide sequences can be identified based upon the sequences provided herein. A number of variants are provided herein. Amino acid substitutions and other alterations (deletions, insertions, and the like) to MPD amino acid sequences are predicted to be more likely to alter or disrupt MPD polypeptide activities if they result in changes to the conserved residues of the amino acid sequences as shown in Figure 1, and particularly if those changes do not substitute an amino acid of similar structure (such as substitution of any one of the aliphatic residues - Ala, Gly, Leu, lie, or Val - for another aliphatic residue).
  • a substantially purified MPD polypeptide can be used to generate monoclonal antibodies immunoreactive therewith, using conventional techniques such as those described in U.S. Patent 4,411,993.
  • Mice are immunized with an MPD polypeptide immunogen emulsified in complete Freund's adjuvant, and injected in amounts ranging from 10-100 ⁇ g subcutaneously or intraperitoneally. Ten to twelve days later, the immunized animals are boosted with additional MPD polypeptide emulsified in incomplete Freund's adjuvant. Mice are periodically boosted thereafter on a weekly to bi-weekly immunization schedule.
  • Serum samples are periodically taken by retro-orbital bleeding or tail-tip excision to test for an MPD polypeptide antibody by dot blot assay, ELISA (Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay) or inhibition of binding of an MPD polypeptide to an MPD polypeptide binding partner.
  • ELISA Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay
  • positive animals are provided one last intravenous injection of an MPD polypeptide in saline. Three to four days later, the animals are sacrificed, spleen cells harvested, and spleen cells are fused to a murine myeloma cell line, e.g., NS1 or preferably P3x63Ag8.653 (ATCC CRL 1580).
  • Fusions generate hybridoma cells, which are plated in multiple microtiter plates in a HAT (hypoxanthine, aminopterin and thymidine) selective medium to inhibit proliferation of non-fused cells, myeloma hybrids, and spleen cell hybrids.
  • HAT hyperxanthine, aminopterin and thymidine
  • hybridoma cells are screened by ELISA for reactivity against a substantially pure MPD polypeptide by adaptations of the techniques disclosed in Engvall et al, (Immunochem. 8:871, 1971) and in U.S. Patent 4,703,004.
  • a preferred screening technique is the antibody capture technique described in Beckmann et al, (J. Immunol. 144:4212, 1990).
  • Positive hybridoma cells can be injected intraperitoneally into syngeneic BALB/c mice to produce ascites containing high concentrations of anti-MPD monoclonal antibody.
  • hybridoma cells can be grown in vitro in flasks or roller bottles by various techniques.
  • Monoclonal antibodies produced in mouse ascites can be purified by ammonium sulfate precipitation, followed by gel exclusion chromatography.
  • affinity chromatography based upon binding of antibody to Polypeptide A or Polypeptide G can also be used, as can chromatography based upon binding to MPD polypeptide.
  • the gene corresponding to an MPD polypeptide is mapped using PCR-based mapping strategies.
  • Initial human chromosomal assignments are made using an MPD-specific PCR primers such as those described Example 8 and a BIOS Somatic Cell Hybrid PCRable DNA kit from BIOS Laboratories (New Haven, CT), following the manufacturer's instructions. More detailed mapping is performed using a Genebridge 4 Radiation Hybrid Panel (Research Genetics, Huntsville, AL (see, e.g., Walter, MA et al, Nature Genetics 7:22-28, 1994).
  • MPDdis-Fc polypeptide a nucleic acid encoding a disintegrin domain such as amino acid residues of, for example, SEQ EDNO:6; SEQ ED NO:6 from about residue 43 to 148; SEQ ID NO:8 from about residue 1 to 366; SEQ ED NO:8 from about residue 38 to 366; SEQ ED NO: 11; SEQ ED NO: 13; SEQ ED NO: 14 from about residue 1 to 622; SEQ ED NO: 14 from about residue 84 to 622; SEQ ED NO: 14 from about residue 299 to 622; SEQ ID NO: 16; SEQ ED NO:21 from about residue 1 to 701; SEQ ED NO:23; SEQ ED NO:24; SEQ ED NO:24 from about residue 278 to 435; SEQ ID NO:25 from about residue 1 to 627; SEQ ID NO:26; or SEQ ID NO:26 from about residue 224 to 383, beginning with the CGN-GEEC sequence and ending prior to
  • the construct can use the igKappa leader, which is cleaved by the signal peptidase after the C-terminal G (Glycine) amino acid.
  • the soluble form of the molecule is then predicted to start after this residue.
  • a few residues correspoding to codon(s) of the restiction site can be present at either end of the disintegrin domain used to link a disintegrin domain of to the Fc domain.
  • a mouse corneal pocket assay is used to quantitate the inhibition of angiogenesis by MPDdis-Fc polypeptides in vivo.
  • agents to be tested for angiogenic or anti- angiogenic activity are immobilized in a slow release form in a hydron pellet, which is implanted into micropockets created in the corneal epithelium of anesthetized mice.
  • Vascularization is measured as the appearance, density, and extent of vessel in growth from the vascularized corneal limbus into the normally avascular cornea.
  • Hydron pellets as described in Kenyon et al, Invest Opthamol. & Visual Science 37:1625, 1996, inco ⁇ orate sucralfate with bFGF (90 ng/pellet), bFGF and IgG (11 ⁇ g/pellet, control), or bFGF and a range of concentrations of the agent to be tested (e.g., MPDdis-Fc polypeptide).
  • the pellets are surgically implanted into corneal stromal micropockets created by micro-dissection 1 mm medial to the lateral corneal limbus of 6-8 week old male C57BL mice.
  • the corneas are photographed using a Zeiss slit lamp at an incipient angle of 35-50° from the polar axis in the meridian containing the pellet. Images are digitized and processed by subtractive color filters (Adobe Photoshop 4.0) to delineate established microvessels by hemoglobin content. Image analysis software (Bioquant, Arlington, TN) is used to calculate the fraction of the corneal image that is vascularized, the vessel density within the vascularized area, and the vessel density within the total cornea. The inhibition of bFGF-induced corneal angiogenesis, as a function of the dose of MPD disintegrin-Fc polypeptide, is determined.
  • the donor heart tissue is grafted into the left ear pinnae of the recipient on day 0 and the mice are divided into two groups.
  • the control group receives human IgG (Hu IgG) while the other group receives MPDdis-Fc, both intraperitoneally.
  • the treatments are continued for five consecutive days.
  • the functionality of the grafts is determined by monitoring visible pulsatile activity on days 7 and 14 post-engraftment.
  • the inhibition of functional engraftment, as a function of the dose of MPDdis-Fc, is determined.
  • the histology of the transplanted hearts is examined is order to visualize the effects of MPDdis-Fc on edema at the ' site of transplant and host and donor tissue vasculature (using, e.g., Factor VIII staining).
  • MPDdis-Fc are tested in animal models of solid tumors. The effect of the MPDdis-Fc is determined by measuring tumor frequency and tumor growth. The biological activity of MPDdis- Fc is also demonstrated in other in vitro, ex vivo, and in vivo assays known in the art, such as calcium mobilization assays and assays to measure platelet activation, recruitment, or aggregation.
  • Oligonucleotides corresponding to MPD polypeptide coding region can be used to assess MPD mRNA expression using a panel of human tissue and cell line cDNAs ("MTC cDNA," Clontech).
  • the forward primer and reverse primer are designed to amplify a predicted coding region fragment of a desired length. Tissues and cell lines that expressed MPD mRNA, as evidenced by the presence of an amplified DNA fragment of the desired length are identified. Because an MPD polypeptide of the invention is not expressed in every tissue, the invention provides a method of tissue-typing by utilizing antibodies to the polypeptides of the invention or by utilizing oligonucleotide primers or probes specific for polynucleotides of the invention.
  • a forward primer: 5'-CTGCTGCTGTGGCTGGGAGTG-3' (SEQ ED NO:43) and a reverse primer: 5'-GTCATACCCAAATTATGACCAAGCTCAGG-3' (SEQ ED NO:44) the following tissues were found to express an mRNA having a sequence encoding SEQ ED NO: 8: placenta, liver, kidney, pancreas, testis stomach, lyph node, heart, lung, colon adenocarcinoma, fetal liver, fetal lung, fetal spleen, fetal skeletal muscle, fetal thymus, fetal kidney, prostate, thymus, ovary, leukocyte, and esophagus.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Evolutionary Biology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Computational Biology (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a new disintegrin polypeptide, methods of making such polypeptides, and methods of using them to treat disintegrin-associated disorders and conditions and to identify agents that modulate Metalloproteinase-Disintegrin polypeptide activities.

Description

TITLE
METALLOPROTEINASE-DISINTEGRIN POLYPEPTIDES AND METHODS OF
MAKING AND USE THEREOF
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. §119 of U.S. Provisional Application Serial Number 60/221,838, filed 28 July 2000, the disclosure of which is incoφorated herein by reference.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
This invention relates to polypeptides having homology to the human Metalloproteinase- Disintegrin polypeptide family, to polynucleotides encoding such polypeptides, and to methods of making and use thereof.
BACKGROUND
The Metalloproteinase-Disintegrin polypeptides, also referred to herein as ADAM ("A Disintegrin And Metalloproteinase domain") polypeptides or "ADAMs," are a related group of multi-domain, type I membrane polypeptides. Certain members of the ADAM family of polypeptides are highly expressed in some cell types including, for example, reproductive tissue or muscle cells. In addition, members of the ADAM family of polypeptides are generally constitutively expressed throughout development.
A number of ADAM genes have now been identified, including fertilin and β (involved in the integrin mediated binding and fusion of egg and sperm; previously known as PH-30 α and β), epididymal apical protein I, cyritestin, MDC (a candidate for tumor suppressor in human breast cancer), meltrin-α (mediates fusion of myoblasts in the process of myotube formation), MS2 (a macrophage surface antigen), and metargidin. In addition, a new ADAM family gene, named ADAMTS-1, containing a disintegrin and metalloproteinase domain with thrombospondin (TSP) motifs, has been shown to be closely associated with various inflammatory processes, as well as development of cancer cachexia (Kuno, K. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 272:556-562 (1997)). A new member of ADAM in Drosophila, called the kuzbanian gene ("KUZ"), was found to be involved in Drosophila neurogenesis (Rooke, J. et al, Science 273:1227-1231 (August 1996)).
Typical ADAM family polypeptides are cell surface polypeptides that consist of pro-, metalloprotease-like, disintegrin-like, cysteine-rich, epidermal growth factor-like repeat, 'transmembrane and cytoplasmic domains. In some ADAMs the metalloproteinase domain is believed to be involved in protein processing functions such as release of growth factors, adhesion proteins, and inflammatory factors. The disintegrin domain may play a role in integrin-mediated cell adhesion (cell to cell and cell to matrix) interactions, such as platelet aggregation, migration of tumor cells or neutrophils, and angiogenesis. These activities of the ADAM family of polypeptides are most likely mediated through interactions with the substrates of the metalloproteinase and with integrins, with the substrates of the metalloproteinase binding to the metalloproteinase catalytic domain and integrins binding to the disintegrin domain of the ADAM family of polypeptides. Because of their suspected roles in mediation of protein processing functions such as release of growth factors, adhesion proteins, and inflammatory factors and cell adhesion, the ADAM family of polypeptides are suspected of being associated with inflammation, cancer, allergy, reproductive, and vascular conditions. Characteristics and activities of the ADAM polypeptide family are described further in Black, R.A. and White, J.M., 1998, Curr. Opin. in Cell Biol. 10: 654-659; and in Schlondorff, J. and Blobel, C.P, 1999, J. Cell Sci. 112: 3603-3617; which are incoφorated by reference herein.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
Provided herein for the first time are polypeptide sequences having homology to metallorjroteinase-disintegrin (MPD) polypeptides and to the ADAM ("A Disintegrin And Metalloproteinase") polypeptide family and functional domains contained in the ADAM family of polypeptides as well as methods of making and methods of use thereof. The present invention provides a substantially purified polypeptide comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of: SEQ ID Nos: 3-4, and 6-27; fragments of SEQ ID NO:6 having disintegrin activity; fragments of SEQ ID NO: 8 having disintegrin activity; fragments of SEQ ID NO: 14 having disintegrin activity; fragments of SEQ ID NO:24 having metalloproteinase activity; fragments of SEQ ID NO:24 having disintegrin activity; SEQ ID NO:6 from about residue 43 to 148; SEQ ID NO: 8 from about residue 1 to 366; SEQ ID NO: 8 from about residue 38 to 366; SEQ U) NO: 14 from about residue 1 to 622; SEQ ID NO: 14 from about residue 84 to 622; SEQ ID NO: 14 from about residue 299 to 622; SEQ ID NO:21 from about residue 1 to 701; SEQ ID NO:24 from about residue 1 to 277; SEQ ID NO:24 from about residue 278 to 435; SEQ ID NO:25 from about residue 1 to 332; SEQ ID NO:25 from about residue 1 to 627; SEQ ID NO:26 from about residue 1 to 215; SEQ ID NO:26 from about residue 118 to 215; SEQ ID NO:26 from about residue 224 to 383; and SEQ ID NO:27 from about residue 29 to 574.
The invention also provides a substantially purified polypeptide comprising a sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or at least 97% homologous to a sequence as set forth in SEQ ID NO:3-4, 6-11, 13-18, 20, or 23-27 wherein the polypeptide has a metalloproteinase or disintegrin activity. The invention further provides a polypeptide, as set forth above, linked to a second polypeptide, wherein the second polypeptide is a leucine zipper polypeptide, an Fc polypeptide, or a peptide linker moiety.
The invention further includes an isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide of as set forth above, as well as vectors comprising the polynucleotide, and recombinant host cells comprising a polynucleotide of the invention.
The invention also provides a method for producing a polypeptide, comprising culturing a host cell containing a polynucleotide of the invention under conditions promoting expression of the polypeptide. The invention further provides a polypeptide produced by culturing a host cell comprising a polynucleotide of the invention under conditions to promote expression of the polypeptide.
The invention provides a substantially purified antibody that specifically binds to a polypeptide of as set forth above. In one embodiment, the the antibody is a monoclonal antibody. In another embodiment, the antibody is a human or humanized antibody.
Also provided by the invention is a method of designing an inhibitor or binding agent of a polypeptide as set forth above or herein, comprising determining the three-dimensional structure of the polypeptide, analyzing the three-dimensional structure for binding sites of substrates or ligands, designing a molecule that is predicted to interact with the polypeptide, and determining the inhibitory or binding activity of the molecule.
The invention further provides a method for identifying an agent that modulates an activity of a polypeptide as set forth herein, comprising contacting the agent with the polypeptide under conditions such that the agent and the polypeptide interact; and determining activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the agent compared to a control (e.g., the polypeptide in the absence of the agent) wherein a change in activity is indicative of an agent that modulates the polypeptide' s activity. In one embodiment, the activity of the polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of disintegrin activity, cell adhesion activity, angiogenic activity, metalloproteinase activity, and a combination thereof (e.g., metalloproteinase and disintegrin activity). In another embodiment, the agent is selected from the group consisting of an antibody, a small molecule, a peptide, and a peptidomimetic.
The invention also provides a method for modulating angiogenesis in a cell or mammal, comprising contacting or administering to the cell or mammal a polypeptide of the invention as set forth herein in an amount effective to modulate disintegrin activity. The cell may be contacted in vitro or in vivo.
Also provided by the invention is a method for modulating endothelial cell migration, comprising contacting the endothelial cell with a polypeptide of the invention, as set forth herein.
The invention provides a method of inhibiting the binding of an integrin to a ligand comprising contacting or administering to a cell or mammal that expresses the integrin an effective amount of a polypeptide having disintegrin activity, hi one embodiment, the mammal is afflicted with a condition selected from the group consisting of ocular disorders; malignant and metastatic conditions; inflammatory diseases; osteoporosis and other conditions mediated by accelerated bone resoφtion; restenosis; inappropriate platelet activation, recruitment, or aggregation; thrombosis; and a condition requiring tissue repair or wound healing.
The polypeptides of the invention and the methods of the invention include polypeptides in the form of a multimer (e.g., a dimer or trimer). The multimer can comprise an Fc polypeptide, a leucine zipper, or a peptide linker.
The invention further provides a system for analyzing polypeptides or polynucleotides of the invention comprising a data set representing a set of one or more polypeptides as set forth herein; a computer; and a computer algorithm in an executable format on the computer for analyzing the polypeptides.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Figure 1 shows polypeptide sequences of the invention in single letter amino acid code.
"X" represents any amino acids or a plurality of any amino acids.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The invention provides polypeptides having or predicted to have metalloproteinase and/or disintegrin activity. These metalloproteinase-like/disintegrin-like (MPD) polypeptides find use in the treatment and diagnosis of integrin-associated and metalloproteinase-associated diseases and disorders and well as use in the development of diagnositics and related therapeutics.
Matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs) compose a family of structurally similar zinc- dependent enzymes that degrade all of the major components of the extracellular matrix and play a major role in tissue remodeling and repair associated with development and inflammation (Matresian, Trends Genet. 6:121-125, 1990; and Woessner, FASEB J. 5:2145-2154, 1991). MMPs include the collagenases, gelatinases A and B, the stromelysins, matrilysin, metalloelastase, and the membrane-type matrix metalloproteinases. Over-expression and activation of MMPs have been linked with a range of diseases, such as arthritis, cancer, and multiple sclerosis. MMPs classically have been implicated in basement membrane destruction associated with late-stage tumor cell invasion and metastasis, one MMP member, matrilysin, has been shown to be expressed in early stage human colorectal tumors. (Wilson et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:1402-1407, 1997). Abnormal expression of MMPs can contribute to destructive processes including tumor invasiveness (Mignatti and Rifkin, Cell 47:487-498, 1986; and Khokha et al, Science 243:947- 950, 1989), arthritis (Dean et al, J. Clin. Invest. 84:678-685, 1989; and McCachren, Arthritis Rheum. 34:1085-1093, 1991), and atherosclerosis (Henney et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88:8154-8158, 1991). The metalloproteinases identified herein are candidate proteins contributing to the pathogenesis of, for example, inflammatory diseases and disorders. Accordingly, the metalloproteinase polypeptides provided herein can be used to treat inflammatory disorders and as a source for the development of inhibitors both in sϊlico and in vitro. Inhibitors to the metalloproteinases provided herein can amerliorate diseases and disorders associated with excessive proteinase activity including, for example, inflammation.
The disintegrin domain of ADAM family proteins functions in the prevention of integrin- mediated cell to cell and cell to matrix interactions, such as platelet aggregation, adhesion, and migration of tumor cells or neutrophils, and angiogenesis. Previously described disintegrins, such as contortrostatin (Trikha et al., Cancer Research 54:4993-4998, 1994) have been used to inhibit human metastatic melanoma (M24 cells) cell adhesion to type I collagen, vitronectin, and fibronection, but not laminin. Further, contortrostatin inhibits lung colonization of M24 cells in a murine metastasis model.
The structure of most metalloproteinase-disintegrin polypeptides includes a signal domain, a metalloproteinase domain, a disintegrin domain, a transmembrane domain and a cytoplasmic domain. For example, the typical structural elements common to various members of the ADAM family of polypeptides include, in N-to-C order, a signal sequence, a prodomain, a metalloproteinase domain, a disintegrin domain, a cysteine-rich domain, a transmembrane domain, and a cytoplasmic domain. There are certain key residues within the metalloproteinase domains/motifs (e.g., the HExGHxxGxxHD motif (SEQ ID NO: 28)) such that substitutions of those extremely conserved residues are likely to be associated with an altered function or lack of function for the polypeptide. ADAMs with the conserved metalloprotease active site sequence of SEQ ID NO:28 include ADAMs 1, 8-10, 12-13, 15-17, 19-21, 24-26, 28, and 30. The metalloproteinase catalytic domains also contain four conserved cysteines that may be required for the formation of a functional polypeptide structure through disulfide bonds. There are 31 highly conserved cysteines in the disintegrin and cysteine rich region; almost all of the ADAM family of polypeptides have these 31 cysteines. The skilled artisan will recognize that the boundaries of these regions within the polypeptides are approximate and that the precise boundaries of such domains (which can be predicted by using computer programs available for that pmpose) can differ from member to member within the ADAM family of polypeptides. The ADAM family of polypeptides is reasonably well conserved, with the human family members similar to each other and to ADAM family members from other species such as mouse, rat, and even Drosophila melanogaster and Caenorhabditis elegans (see, e.g., Yamamoto et al., Immunol. Today, 20(6):278, 1999; and the following Internet websites for more information (www): gene.ucl.ac.uk/users/hester/metalo.html; uta.fJ~loiika/ADAMs/HADAMs.html; and people.Virginia.EDU/~jag6n/Table_of_the_ ADAMs.html). However, subfamilies of the ADAM family of polypeptides can be defined on the basis of sequence similarity and related biological activities. One such subfamily comprises the ADAMIO and ADAM17/TACE polypeptides, which show greater sequence similarity to each other compared to other members identified so far within the ADAM family of polypeptides. ADAMs 10 and 17 have 21 cysteines in the disintegrin- cysteine rich region in contrast to the 31 conserved cysteines in this region among the other ADAMs. Accordingly, ADAMs may have from 20 to 31 conserved cysteines (e.g., 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, or 31 conserved cysteines). ADAM17/TACE and ADAM-10 are also "sheddases," meaning they are believed to cleave and release the extracellular domains of other membrane proteins. The major function of another subfamily may be to bind integrins or other proteins. ADAM-2, for example, is processed to remove both the prodomain and the metalloproteinase catalytic domain so as to expose the disintegrin domain and allow it to bind to its cognate. Another subfamily that can be defined are the ADAMs that appear to be testis-specific; these proteins include ADAMs 2-3, 16, 18, 20-21, 24-26, and 29-30; with ADAMs 5 and 6 being primarily testis-specific.
Polypeptides of the ADAM family are expressed in many cell types including, for example, uritogenital tissues (e.g., kidney tissue and reproductive tissue), neurologic tissue, and muscle cells. Some binding partners for ADAM polypeptides are expressed, for example, by endothelial cells and T cells, as displayed by the disintegrin-cysteine rich domains of several ADAM family polypeptides binding to endothelial cells, at least partly through interaction with integrins, and to T cells. The interactions between members of the ADAM family of polypeptides and their binding partners are likely involved in mediating interactions between cell types including reproductive tissue, neurologic tissue, and muscle cells, and binding-partner-expressing endothelial cells and T cells.
The disintegrin domain of some ADAM family polypeptides can interact with binding partners such as cell surface integrins (see, e.g., co-pending International Application Serial No. PCT/US01/05701, the disclosure of which is incoφorated herein by reference in its entirety). By binding to one or more binding partners, a disintegrin domain polypeptide can inhibit the biological activities (e.g., angiogenesis) mediated via binding of an ADAM polypeptide to its binding partner. Because some ADAM family polypeptides exhibit integrin-binding activities via the disintegrin domain, modulation of disintegrin activity will modulate adhesion, e.g., the role of ADAMs 1 and 2 in sperm binding to egg and the role of ADAM-9 in interactions of glomerular and tubular epithelial cells with the basal laminae in renal tissue. The degree to which individual members of the ADAM family of polypeptides and fragments and other derivatives of these polypeptides exhibit these activities can be determined by standard assay methods, such as inhibition of endothelial cell migration by disintegrin-Fc constructs, and the like. Particularly suitable assays to detect or measure the binding between ADAM polypeptides and their binding partners are FACS analyses. Additional assays for evaluating the biological activities and partner- binding properties of ADAM family polypeptides are described below. Polypeptides of the invention lacking a metalloproteinase domain are contemplated by the present invention and may act as a dominant negative with respect to the metalloproteinase activity of other ADAM family polypeptides (see, e.g., International Publication WO/ , entitled, "A HUMAN
DISINTEGRIN PROTEIN," filed 27 July 2001, the disclosure of which is incoφorated herein by reference in its entirety). Polypeptides of the ADAM family are involved in inflammation, cancer, allergy, reproductive, neural disorders and diseases, angiogenesis and vascular diseases or conditions that share as a common feature integrin-associated interactions via disintegrin activity and/or protein degradation via metalloproteinase activity. Examples of inflammation, cancer, allergy, reproductive, neural disorders and diseases, angiogenesis and vascular conditions that are known or are likely to involve the biological activities of ADAM polypeptides are rheumatoid arthritis, septic shock, glomerular diseases, acute renal failure, Alzheimer's disease, and inappropriate bone resoφtion. Blocking or inhibiting the interactions between members of the ADAM family of polypeptides and their substrates, ligands, receptors, binding partners, or other interacting polypeptides is an aspect of the invention and provides methods for treating, modulating, or ameliorating these diseases and conditions through the use of inhibitors or modulators of ADAM polypeptide activity. In one embodiment, interaction between members of the ADAM family of polypeptides and their cognates is affected by contacting a sample containing an ADAM family polypeptide or its cognate with an MPD polypeptide or anti-MPD antibody.
For certain conditions involving too little disintegrin activity, methods of treating or ameliorating these conditions comprise increasing the amount or activity of, for example, MPD polypeptides having disintegrin activity by providing such polypeptides or active fragments or fusion polypeptides thereof, or by providing agents that activate endogenous or exogenous MPD polypeptides. Additional uses for MPD polypeptide include diagnostic reagents for inflammation, cancer, allergy, reproductive, neural disorders, and vascular diseases; research reagents for investigation of integrin polypeptides and fertilization processes, purification and processing of integrins and/or endothelial cells or T cells; or as a carrier/targeting polypeptide to deliver therapeutic agents to cells.
As used herein, both "protein" and "polypeptide" mean any chain of amino acids, regardless of length or post-translational modification (e.g., glycosylation or phosphorylation), and include natural proteins, synthetic or recombinant polypeptides and peptides as well as a recombinant molecule consisting of a hybrid with one portion, for example, comprising all or part of an MPD amino acid sequence and a second portion being encoded by all or part of a different nucleotide sequence. Typically the protein or polypeptide is substantially pure of other components from which it is normally present in nature. The term "substantially pure" or "purified" when referring to a polypeptide, means a polypeptide that is at least 30% free from the proteins and naturally-occurring organic molecules with which it is naturally associated. Preferably the substantially pure polypeptide of the invention is at least 35 to 50%; preferably 60 to 70%; more preferably at least 75% to 90%; and most preferably at least 99% by weight purified from other naturally occurring molecules. A substantially pure polypeptide of the invention can be obtained, for example, by extraction from a natural source, by expression of a recombinant polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide, or by chemically synthesizing the polypeptide. Purity can be measured by any appropriate method, e.g., chromatography, PAGE, or HPLC analysis.
As used herein an "MPD polypeptide" means a polypeptide that contains or comprises an amino acid sequence as set forth in Figure 1; polypeptides having substantial homology or substantial identity to the sequences set forth in Figure 1; fragments of the foregoing sequences; and conservative variants of the foregoing. The invention provides MPD polypeptides comprising a sequence as set forth in SEQ ID Nos: 1 to 27.
MPD polypeptides comprising sequence associated with disintegrin acitvity include SEQ ID NO:6; SEQ ID NO:6 from about residue 43 to 148; SEQ ED NO:8 from about residue 1 to 366; SEQ ED NO:8 from about residue 38 to 366; SEQ ID NO: 11; SEQ ED NO: 13; SEQ ED NO: 14 from about residue 1 to 622; SEQ ID NO: 14 from about residue 84 to 622; SEQ ED NO: 14 from about residue 299 to 622; SEQ ID NO: 16; SEQ ED NO:21 from about residue 1 to 701; SEQ ID NO:23; SEQ ID NO:24; SEQ ED NO:24 from about residue 278 to 435; SEQ ID NO:25 from about residue 1 to 627; SEQ ED NO:26; and SEQ ED NO:26 from about residue 224 to 383, termed herein "MPD disintegrin polypeptides," (MPDdis). A used herein, the term "between about" or "from about" will be understood to include sequences between any such referenced residues of a sequence. For example, "from about 43 to 148" means 44 to 148, 45 to 148, 46 to 148, and so on; and 43 to 147, 43 to 146, and so on.
MPD polypeptides comprising sequences associated withi metalloproteinase activity include SEQ ED NO: 14 from about residue 1 to 622; SEQ D NO: 14 from about residue 84 to 622; SEQ ID NO: 18; SEQ ED NO:21 from about residue 1 to 701; SEQ ID NO:22; SEQ ID NO:24; SEQ ED NO:24 from about residue 1 to 277; SEQ ID NO:25 from about residue 1 to 332; SEQ ED NO:25 from about residue 1 to 627; SEQ ED NO:26 from about residue 1 to 215; SEQ ED NO:26 from about residue 118 to 215; and SEQ ED NO:26, termed herein "MPD metalloproteinase polypeptides."
The MPD polypeptides have been shown to have a high degree of homology to members of the ADAM family and related metalloproteinase/disintegrin polypeptides and thus have a predicted function or activity of an ADAM polypeptide, a disintegrin polypeptide, or a metalloproteinase polypeptide. Accordingly, the invention provides an MPD polypeptide comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ED Nos:l to 26, and 27. In one embodiment, the MPD polypeptide has disintegrin activity, metalloproteinase activity, or a combination thereof. Methods of determining whether a polypeptide of the invention has a desired disintegrin activity or metalloproteinase activity can be accomplished by assaying the polypeptide by any of the methods described herein below. A number of conserved sequences have been identified in ADAM and matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs) including, for example, the HExGHxxGxxHD motif (SEQ ID N0:28). In addition, a potential conserved motif includes a LNIx(I/V)(A/V)LVGLE(V/l)WT motif (SEQ D NO:29). For example, SEQ ED Nos:4 to 5, 10, 14, 21 to 22, and 25 to 26 comprise the sequence HexGHxxGxxHD (SEQ ID NO:28) at residues 208 to 219, 15 to 26, 229 to 240, 555 to 566, 3 to 14, 269 to 280, and 154 to 165, respectively. SEQ ED NO:24 comprises a sequence that has substantial identity to the conserved HexGHxxGxxHD motif. Thus, a polypeptide comprising SEQ ED NO: 4, 5, 10, 14, 21, 22, 24, 25, or 26 is predicted to have metalloproteinase activity. SEQ ED Nos:4, 8, 10, 14, 18 to 19, 21, and 25 comprise a sequence having identity with the LNIx(IW)(A/V)LVGLE(V/I)WT motif and thus a polypeptide comprising SEQ ED NO: 4, 8, 10, 14, 18 to 19, 21, or 25 is predicted to have metalloproteinase activity. The invention also provides SEQ ED Nos:2, 3, 7, 9, 17, 20, and 27 which have a high degree of homology to the Testicular Metalloproteinase-like, Disintegrin-like, Cysteine rich (TMDC) protein family, including TMDC III, TMDC EVA, and TMDC IVC. Table 1 shows the relative identity of representative polypeptides of the invention with TMDC protein family members. Accordingly, polypeptides comprising sequences as set forth in SEQ ID Nos: 2, 3, 7, 9, 17, 20, or 27, and fragments thereof having metalloproteinase activity and/or disintegrin activity are provided herein.
TABLE 1
Figure imgf000010_0001
In addition, to the sequences above having homology to TMDC family members, the invention also provides polypeptides having homology to the ADAM (A Disintegrin And Metalloproteinase) family of proteins. Such polypeptides include metalloproteinase domains. Preferably the metalloproteinase domain of the polypeptides comprising SEQ D Nos:4, 10, 14, 21, 25, and 26 comprise a sequence from about amino acids residues 65 to 274 of SEQ ED NO:4; 24 to 235 of SEQ ID NO:10; 85 to 290 of SEQ ID NO:14; 202 to 411 of SEQ ED NO:21; 123 to 332 of SEQ ID NO:25; and 118 to 215 of SEQ ID NO:26. One of skill in the art will recognize that the N-terminal and C-terminal residues of the respective metalloproteinase domains are approximate and variations of about 1 to 10 amino acid(s) from either end of the domain will not depart from the scope of the present invention. For example, the addition of amino acids to either end of the domain may not change the molecule's activity. The effects of any such modification can be assayed using the methods described herein. Polypeptides comprising sequences as set forth in SEQ ED Nos: 2 to 5, 7 to 10, 14, 17 to 19, 21 to 22, and 24 to 27 may also have disintegrin activity in addition to metalloproteinase activity.
The disintegrin domain is typically characterized as containing a conserved motif having a sequence CGN(G/K)x(L/V)(E/D)x(G/N)EECDCG (SEQ ID NO:30) (herein after the "CGN- GEEC" motif). The present invention provides polypeptides having disintegrin activity characterized as having a motif with substantial identity to the
CGN(G/K)x(L/V)(E/D)x(G/N)EECDCG (SEQ ID NO:30). For example, SEQ ID Nos:4, 10, 14,
21, and 24 to 26 contain the CGN-GEEC motif and thus a polypeptide comprising SEQ ID NO: 4,
10, 14, 21, 24, 25, or 26 is predicted to have disintegrin activity. SEQ ED NO: 11 has a putative CGN-GEEC sequence at residues 43 to 57 and thus a polypeptide comprising SEQ ED NO: 11 is predicted to have disintegrin activity. In addition, ADAM family of proteins are characterized as having a number of conserved cysteine residues in their disintegrin and cysteine-rich domains. For example, SEQ ED Nos:6, 8, 12, 13, 16, and 23, when aligned with a number of ADAM family members (e.g., ADAM9 (accession no. NP 003807, which is incoφorated herein by reference)), align with the conserved cysteine residues in the disintegrin domain of such ADAM family members. Thus, the invention also provides polypeptides comprising a sequence as set forth in
SEQ ED Nos:6, 8, 12, 13, 16, and 23 having disintegrin activity.
Table 2 provides a summary of the relative domains and residues characterizing the domains of some of the polypeptides of the invention. The relative domains and residues corresponding to such activity are estimates based on similar molecules and computer algorithms and accordingly may vary slightly depending upon a number of factors including, for example, the source of material, the cell type used, the expression system used, and the like. Such factors will
', be apparent and appreciated by one of skill in the art.
TABLE 2
Figure imgf000011_0001
Figure imgf000012_0001
The invention further provides polypeptides having metalloproteinase activity and/or disintegrin activity comprising SEQ ID NO: 15. For example, SEQ ED NO: 15 has homology to ADAM 9 immediately following the metalloproteinase and before the disintegrin domain of ADAM 9.
A polypeptide of the invention also encompasses an amino acid sequence that has a sufficient or a substantial degree of identity or similarity to a sequence set forth in Figure 1. Substantially identical sequences can be identified by those of skill in the art as having structural domains and/or having biological activity in common with an MPD polypeptide. Methods of determining similarity or identity may employ computer algorithms such as, e.g., BLAST, FASTA, and the like.
The phrase "substantially identical," in the context of two nucleic acids or polypeptides, refers to sequences or subsequences that have at least 50%, 60%, preferably 80% or 85%, more preferably 90 to 95%, and most preferably 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% nucleotide or amino acid residue identity when aligned for maximum correspondence over a comparison window as measured by, for example, a sequence comparison algorithm or by manual alignment and visual inspection. This definition also refers to the complement of a test sequence, which has substantial sequence or subsequence complementarity when the test sequence has substantial identity to a reference sequence. A "comparison window," as used herein, includes reference to a segment of any one of the number of contiguous positions selected from the group consisting of from 20 to 1800, usually about 50 to 200, more usually about 70 to 150 in which a sequence may be compared to a reference sequence of the same number of contiguous positions after the two sequences are optimally aligned.
For sequence comparison, typically one sequence acts as a reference sequence, to which test sequences are compared. When using a sequence comparison algorithm, test and reference sequences are entered into a computer, subsequence coordinates are designated, if necessary, and sequence algorithm program parameters are designated. Default program parameters can be used, or alternative parameters can be designated. The sequence comparison algorithm then calculates the percent sequence identities for the test sequences relative to the reference sequence, based on the program parameters.
Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison can be conducted, e.g., by the local homology algorithm of Smith & Waterman, Adv. Appl. Math. 2:482 (1981), by the homology alignment algorithm of Needleman & Wunsch, J. Mol. Biol. 48:443 (1970), by the search for similarity method of Pearson & Lipman, Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA 85:2444 (1988), by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFtT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Dr., Madison, Wis.), or by manual alignment and visual inspection.
One example of a useful algorithm is PELEUP. PILEUP creates a multiple sequence alignment from a group of related sequences using progressive, pairwise alignments to show relationship and percent sequence identity. PILEUP uses a simplification of the progressive alignment method of Feng & Doolittle, J. Mol. Evol. 35:351 (1987), and is similar to the method described by Higgins & Shaφ, CABIOS 5:151 (1989). The multiple alignment procedure begins with the pairwise alignment of the two most similar sequences, producing a cluster of two aligned sequences. This cluster is then aligned to the next most related sequence or cluster of aligned sequences. Two clusters of sequences are aligned by a simple extension of the pairwise alignment of two individual sequences. The final alignment is achieved by a series of progressive, pairwise alignments. For example, a reference sequence can be compared to other test sequences to determine the percent sequence identity relationship using the following parameters: default gap weight (3.00), default gap length weight (0.10), and weighted end gaps.
Another example of algorithm that is suitable for determining percent sequence identity and sequence similarity is the BLAST algorithm, as described in Altschul et al, J. Mol. Biol. 215:403 (1990). Software for performing BLAST analyses is publicly available through the National Center for Biotechnology Information (www-ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/). This algorithm involves first identifying high scoring sequence pairs (HSPs) by identifying short words of length W in the query sequence, which either match or satisfy a positive-valued threshold score T when aligned with a word of the same length in a database sequence. T is referred to as the neighborhood word score threshold. These initial neighborhood word hits act as seeds for initiating searches to find longer HSPs containing them. The word hits are extended in both directions along each sequence for as far as the cumulative alignment score can be increased. Extension of the word hits in each direction are halted when: the cumulative alignment score falls off by the quantity X from its maximum achieved value; the cumulative score goes to zero or below, due to the accumulation of one or more negative-scoring residue alignments; or the end of either sequence is reached. The BLAST program uses as defaults a wordlength (W) of 11, the BLOSUM62 scoring matrix (see, Henikoff & Henikoff, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:10915, 1989) alignments (B) of 50, expectation (E) of 10, M=5, N=-4, and a comparison of both strands. One measure of similarity provided by the BLAST algorithm is the smallest sum probability (P(N)), which provides an indication of the probability by which a match between two nucleotide or amino acid sequences would occur by chance. For example, a nucleic acid is considered similar to a reference sequence if the smallest sum probability in a comparison of the test nucleic acid to the reference nucleic acid is less than about 0.2, more preferably less than about 0.01, and most preferably less than about 0.001. Alternatively, the percent identity of two amino acid or two nucleic acid sequences can be determined by comparing sequence information using the GAP computer program, version 6.0 described by Devereux et al. (Nucl. Acids Res. 12:387, 1984) and available from the University of Wisconsin Genetics Computer Group. The preferred default parameters for the GAP program include: (1) a unary comparison matrix (containing a value of 1 for identities and 0 for non- identities) for nucleotides, and the weighted comparison matrix of Gribskov and Burgess, Nucl. Acids Res. 14:6745, 1986, as described by Schwartz and Dayhoff, eds., Atlas of Polypeptide Sequence and Structure, National Biomedical Research Foundation, pp. 353-358, 1979; (2) a penalty of 3.0 for each gap and an additional 0.10 penalty for each symbol in each gap; and (3) no penalty for end gaps.
One of skill will recognize that individual substitutions, deletions or additions to a nucleic acid sequence, peptide, or polypeptide sequence that alters, adds or deletes a single amino acid or a small percentage of amino acids in the encoded sequence is a "conservatively modified variant" where the alteration results in a molecule having substantially the same biological activity (e.g., disintegrin and/or metalloproteinase activity). For example, an alteration that results in the substitution of an amino acid with a chemically similar amino acid is a conservatively modified variant. Conservative substitution tables providing functionally similar amino acids are known in the art. The following six groups each contain amino acids that are conservative substitutions for one another 1) Alanine (A), Serine (S), Threonine (T); 2) Aspartic acid (D), Glutamic acid (E); 3) Asparagine (N), Glutamine (Q); 4) Arginine (R), Lysine (K); 5) Isoleucine (I), Leucine (L), Methionine (M), Valine (V); and 6) Phenylalanine (F), Tyrosine (Y), Tryptophan (W) (see, e.g., Creighton, Proteins (1984)).
One indication that two polynucleotides or polypeptides are substantially identical is that the polypeptide encoded by a first polynucleotide is immunologically cross reactive with the antibodies raised against the polypeptide encoded by a second polynucleotide. Another indication that two polynucleotides are substantially identical is that the two molecules or their complements hybridize to each other under stringent conditions.
Polypeptides derived from the MPD polypeptides of the invention by any type of alteration (e.g., insertions, deletions, or substitutions of amino acids; changes in the state of glycosylation of the polypeptide; refolding or isomerization to change its three-dimensional structure or self- association state; and changes to its association with other polypeptides or molecules) are also encompassed by the invention. Therefore, the polypeptides provided by the invention include polypeptides characterized by amino acid sequences similar to those as set forth in Figure 1, but into which modifications are naturally provided or deliberately engineered. A polypeptide that shares biological activities in common with a polypeptide comprising a sequence as set forth in SEQ D NO: 1-26, or 27 having disintegrin activity and/or metalloproteinase activity are encompassed by the invention. The present invention encompasses the use of various forms of MPD disintegrin polypeptides or domains that retain at least one activity selected from the group consisting of integrin binding activity, inhibition of endothelial cell migration, and inhibition of angiogenesis. A MPD disintegrin polypeptide/domain (MPDdis) is intended to encompass polypeptides comprising all or part of an MPD polypeptide of the invention having disintegrin activity. In a preferred embodiment, an MPDdis contains all or part of an MPD disintegrin domain, with or without other domains (such as the cysteine-rich region), as well as related forms including, but not limited to: (a) fragments, (b) variants, (c) derivatives, (d) fusion polypeptides, and (e) multimeric forms (multimers). The ability of these related forms to inhibit integrin binding, endothelial cell migration, and/or inhibition of angiogenesis may be determined in vitro or in vivo by using methods such as those exemplified below or by using other assays known in the art.
One of skill in the art can easily assay for activity using the methods described herein. Such methods measure, for example, metalloproteinase activity, disintegrin activity, or a biological activities exhibited by members of the ADAM family of polypeptides including, without limitation, cell adhesion. For example, anti-MPD antibodies, which neutralize MPD activity (e.g, metalloproteinase activity and/or disintegrin activity) can be used to assay for similar polypeptides by contacting an anti-MPD antibody with a polypeptide of interest and determining if the activity associated with the polypeptide of interest is neutralized. In addition, the cross-reactivity of an antibody that specifically binds to an MPD polypeptide of the invention with another polypeptide of interest is indicative that the polypeptide of interest shares structural characteristics (e.g., primary, secondary, or tertiary protein characteristics) with an MPD polypeptide of the invention.
The invention provides both full-length and mature forms of MPD polypeptides. Full- length polypeptides are those having the complete primary amino acid sequence of the polypeptide as initially translated. The amino acid sequences of full-length polypeptides can be obtained, for example, by translation of the complete open reading frame ("ORF") of a cDNA molecule. Several full-length polypeptides may be encoded by a single genetic locus if multiple mRNA forms are produced from that locus by alternative splicing or by the use of multiple translation initiation sites. The "mature form" of a polypeptide refers to a polypeptide that has undergone post- translational processing steps, if any, such as, for example, cleavage of the signal sequence or proteolytic cleavage to remove a prodomain. Multiple mature forms of a particular full-length polypeptide may be produced, for example, by imprecise cleavage of the signal sequence, or by differential regulation of proteases that cleave the polypeptide. The mature form(s) of such polypeptide may be obtained by expression, in a suitable mammalian cell or other host cell, of a polynucleotide that encodes the full-length polypeptide. The sequence of the mature form of the polypeptide may also be determinable from the amino acid sequence of the full-length form, through identification of signal sequences or protease cleavage sites. The MPD polypeptides of the invention also include polypeptides that result from post-transcriptional or post-translational processing events such as alternate mRNA processing which can yield a truncated but biologically active polypeptide, for example, a naturally occurring soluble form of the polypeptide. Also encompassed within the invention are variations attributable to proteolysis such as differences in the N- or C-termini upon expression in different types of host cells, due to proteolytic removal of one or more terminal amino acids from the polypeptide (generally from 1-5 terminal amino acids). A polypeptide of the invention may be prepared by culturing transformed or recombinant host cells under culture conditions suitable to express a polypeptide of the invention. The resulting expressed polypeptide may then be purified from such culture using known purification processes, such as gel filtration and ion exchange chromatography. The purification of the polypeptide may also include an affinity column containing agents which will bind to the polypeptide; one or more column steps over such affinity resins as concanavalin A-agarose, heparin-toyopearl® or Cibacrom blue 3GA Sepharose®; one or more steps involving hydrophobic interaction chromatography using such resins as phenyl ether, butyl ether, or propyl ether; or immunoaffinity chromatography. Alternatively, a polypeptide of the invention may also be expressed in a form that will facilitate purification. For example, it may be expressed as a fusion polypeptide, joined to, for example, maltose binding polypeptide (MBP), glutathione-S-transferase (GST) or thioredoxin (TRX). Kits for expression and purification of such fusion polypeptides are commercially available from New England BioLab (Beverly, MA), Pharmacia (Piscataway, NJ), and InVitrogen, respectively. The polypeptide can also be tagged with an epitope and subsequently purified by using a specific antibody directed to such epitope. One such epitope ("Flag") is commercially available from Kodak (New Haven, Conn.). Finally, one or more reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) steps employing hydrophobic RP-HPLC media, e.g., silica gel having pendant methyl or other aliphatic groups, can be employed to further purify the polypeptide. Some or all of the foregoing purification steps, in various combinations, can also be employed to provide a substantially homogeneous recombinant polypeptide. The polypeptide thus purified is substantially free of other mammalian polypeptides and is defined in accordance with the invention as a "substantially purified polypeptide"; such purified polypeptides include antibodies that specifically bind to an MPD polypeptide, fragment, variant, and the like. A polypeptide of the invention may also be expressed as a product of transgenic animals, e.g., as a component of the milk of transgenic cows, goats, pigs, or sheep which are characterized by somatic or germ cells containing a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide of the invention.
It is also possible to utilize an affinity column such as a monoclonal antibody generated against polypeptides of the invention, to affinity-purify expressed polypeptides. These polypeptides can be removed from an affinity column using conventional techniques, e.g., in a high salt elution buffer and then dialyzed into a lower salt buffer for use or by changing pH or other components depending on the affinity matrix utilized, or be competitively removed using the naturally occurring substrate of the affinity moiety, such as a polypeptide derived from the invention. In this aspect of the invention, proteins that bind a polypeptide of the invention (e.g., an anti-MPD antibody of the invention) can be bound to a solid phase support or a similar substrate suitable for identifying, separating, or purifying cells that express polypeptides of the invention on their surface. Adherence of, for example, an anti-MPD antibody of the invention to a solid phase surface can be accomplished by any means, for example, magnetic microspheres can be coated with these polypeptide-binding proteins and held in the incubation vessel through a magnetic field. Suspensions of cell mixtures are contacted with the solid phase that has such polypeptide-binding proteins thereon. Anti-MPD antibodies bind cells having polypeptides of the invention on their surface (e.g., an extracellular domain of MPD). Unbound cells (e.g., cell lacking and MPD polypeptide) are washed away from the bound cells. This affinity-binding method is useful for purifying, screening, or separating such polypeptide-expressing cells from solution. Methods of releasing positively selected cells from the solid phase are known in the art and encompass, for example, the use of enzymes. Such enzymes are preferably non-toxic and non-injurious to the cells and are preferably directed to cleaving the cell-surface binding partner. Alternatively, mixtures of cells suspected of containing polypeptide-expressing cells of the invention are first incubated with a biotinylated binding polypeptide of the invention. Incubation periods are typically at least one hour in duration to ensure sufficient binding to polypeptides of the invention. The resulting mixture then is passed through a column packed with avidin-coated beads, whereby the high affinity of biotin for avidin provides the binding of the cells to the beads. Use of avidin-coated beads is known in the art (see, Berenson, et al I. Cell. Biochem., 10D:239, 1986). Wash of unbound material and the release of the bound cells is performed using conventional methods.
A polypeptide of the invention may also be produced by known conventional chemical synthesis. Methods for constructing the polypeptides of the invention by synthetic means are known to those skilled in the art. The synthetically-constructed polypeptide sequences, by virtue of sharing primary, secondary or tertiary structural and/or conformational characteristics with a native polypeptides may possess biological properties in common therewith, including biological activity. Thus, the synthesized polypeptides may be employed as biologically active or immunological substitutes for natural, purified polypeptides in screening of therapeutic compounds, and in immunological processes for the development of antibodies.
The desired degree of purity depends on the intended use of the polypeptide. A relatively high degree of purity is desired when the polypeptide is to be administered in vivo, for example. In such a case, the polypeptides are purified such that no polypeptide bands corresponding to other polypeptides are detectable upon analysis by SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS- PAGE). It will be recognized by one skilled in the pertinent field that multiple bands corresponding to the polypeptide can be visualized by SDS-PAGE, due to differential glycosylation, differential post-translational processing, and the like. Most preferably, the polypeptide of the invention is purified to substantial homogeneity, as indicated by a single polypeptide band upon analysis by SDS-PAGE. The polypeptide band can be visualized by silver staining, Coomassie blue staining, or (if the polypeptide is radiolabeled) by autoradiography.
Species homologues of MPD polypeptides and polynucleotides encoding the polypeptides are also provided by the invention. As used herein, a "species homologue" is a polypeptide or polynucleotide with a different species of origin from that of a given polypeptide or polynucleotide, but with significant sequence similarity to the given polypeptide or polynucleotide. Species homologues may be isolated and identified by making suitable probes or primers from polynucleotides encoding the polypeptides provided herein and screening a suitable nucleic acid source from the desired species. Alternatively, homologues may be identified by screening a genome database containing sequences from one or more species utilizing a sequence (e.g., nucleic acid or amino acid sequence) of an MPD of the invention. Such genome databases are readily available for a number of species (e.g., on the world wide web (www) at tigr.org/tdb; genetics.wisc.edu; stanford.edu/~ball; hiv-web.lanl.gov; ncbi.nlm.nig.gov; ebi.ac.uk; and pasteur.fr/other/biology). The invention also encompasses allelic variants of MPD polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding them that are naturally-occurring alternative forms of such polypeptides and polynucleotides in which differences in amino acid or nucleotide sequence are attributable to genetic polymoφhism.
Intermediate Sequence Search (ISS) can be used to identify closely related as well as distant homologs by connecting two proteins through one or more intermediate sequences. ISS repetitively uses the results of the previous query as new search seeds. Saturated BLAST is a package that performs ISS. Starting with a protein sequence, Saturated BLAST runs a BLAST search and identifies representative sequences for the next generation of searches. The procedure is run until convergence or until some predefined criteria are met. Saturated BLAST is available on the world wide web (www) at: bioinformatics.burnham-inst.org/xblast (see also, Li et al Bioinformatics 16(12): 1105, 2000).
Fragments of the MPD polypeptides of the invention are encompassed by the invention and may be in linear form or cyclized using known methods (see, e.g., H.U. Saragovi, et al, Bio/Technology 10, 773 (1992); and R. S. McDowell, et al, J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 114:9245 (1992), both of which are incoφorated by reference herein). Peptide fragments of MPD polypeptides of the invention, and polynucleotides encoding such fragments include amino acid or nucleotide sequence lengths that are at least 25% (more preferably at least 50%, 60%, or 70%, and most preferably at least 80%) of the length of an MPD polypeptide or polynucleotide. Preferably such sequences will have at least 60% sequence identity (more preferably at least 70%-75%, 80%- 85%, 90%-95%, at least 97%-97.5%, or at least 99%, and most preferably at least 99.5%) with an MPD polypeptide or polynucleotide when aligned so as to maximize overlap and identity while minimizing sequence gaps. Also included in the invention are polypeptides, peptide fragments, and polynucleotides encoding such fragments, that contain or encode a segment preferably comprising at least 8 to 10, or more preferably at least 20, or still more preferably at least 30, or most preferably at least 40 contiguous amino acids. Such polypeptides and fragments may also contain a segment that shares at least 70% (at least 75%, 80%-85%, 90%-95%, at least 97%-97.5%, or at least 99%, and most preferably at least 99.5%) with any such segment of, for example, any of the ADAM family polypeptides, when aligned so as to maximize overlap and identity while minimizing sequence gaps. Visual inspection, mathematical calculation, or computer algorithms can determine the percent identity.
The invention also provides soluble forms of MPD polypeptides comprising certain fragments or domains of these polypeptides. Soluble fragments having disintegrin activity are of particular interest. For example, an amino acid sequence beginning with a highly conserved CGN- GEEC sequence (as discussed above) but which lacks a transmembrane region (see, e.g., Table 2). Transmembrane regions can be identified using publicly available computer algorithms. Other soluble forms include polypeptides comprising SEQ ED NO:6 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 43 to 148; SEQ ED NO:8 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 38 to 366; SEQ ED NO: 11; SEQ ED NO: 13; SEQ ID NO: 14 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 84 to 622; SEQ ED NO: 14 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 299 to 622; SEQ ED NO: 16; SEQ ED NO:21 from about residue 1 to 701; SEQ ID NO:23; SEQ ED NO:24 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 278 to 435; SEQ ED NO:25 from about residue 1 to 627; and SEQ ED NO:26 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 224 to 383. In such polypeptides can be secreted from the cell in which it is expressed. The intracellular and transmembrane domains of polypeptides of the invention can be identified in accordance with known techniques for determination of such domains from sequence information. For example, alignment of the polypeptide sequences of the invention with other members of the ADAM family of polypeptides having known domains will provide information regarding the domains of the polypeptides of the invention. One of skill in the art will recognize that slight modifications in the range of sequences of a particular domain can be made without affecting the molecule's biological activity. Accordingly, changes in the identified sequences of 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 to 10 amino acids in either direction of the particular domain are encompassed by the present invention.
In another aspect of the invention, a polypeptide may comprise various combinations of ADAM polypeptide domains, such as a metalloproteinase domain, a disintegrin domain, or a cytoplasmic domain. Accordingly, polypeptides of the invention and polynucleotides include those comprising or encoding two or more copies of a domain such as the metalloproteinase domain, two or more copies of a domain such as the disintegrin domain, or at least one copy of each domain, and these domains may be presented in any order within such polypeptides. Also included are recombinant polypeptides and the polynucleotides encoding the polypeptides wherein the recombinant polypeptides are "chimeric polypeptides" or "fusion polypeptides" and comprise an MPD sequence as set forth in SEQ ED NO: 1-26 or 27 operatively linked to a second polypeptide. The second polypeptide can be any polypeptide of interest having an activity or function independent of, or related to, the function of an MPD polypeptide. For example, the second polypeptide can be a domain of a related but distinct member of the ADAM family of polypeptides such as, for example, an extracellular, cytoplasmic, metalloprotease, or transmembrane domain of an ADAM polypeptide. The term "operatively linked" is intended to indicate that the MPD sequence and the second polypeptide sequence are fused in-frame to each other. The second polypeptide can be fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus of an MPD sequence as set forth in Figure 1. For example, in one embodiment the fusion polypeptide is a GST-MPD fusion polypeptide in which an MPD sequence is fused to the C-terminus of the GST sequences. Such fusion polypeptides can facilitate the purification of recombinant MPD sequences. In another embodiment, the fusion polypeptide is an MPD sequence comprising a heterologous signal sequence at its N-terminus. In certain host cells (e.g., mammalian host cells), expression and/or secretion of an MPD polypeptide can be increased through use of a heterologous signal sequence. As another example, an MPD polypeptide or fragment thereof may be fused to a hexa-histidine tag to facilitate purification of bacterially expressed protein, or to a hemagglutinin tag to facilitate purification of protein expressed in eukaryotic cells. Further, fusion polypeptides can comprise, for example, poly-His or the antigenic identification peptides described in U.S. Patent No. 5,011,912 and in Hopp et al, Bio/Technology 6:1204, 1988. One such peptide is the FLAG® peptide, which is highly antigenic and provides an epitope reversibly bound by a specific monoclonal antibody, enabling rapid assay and facile purification of expressed recombinant polypeptide. A murine hybridoma designated 4E11 produces a monoclonal antibody that binds the FLAG® peptide in the presence of certain divalent metal cations, as described in U.S. Patent 5,011,912, hereby incoφorated by reference. The 4E11 hybridoma cell line has been deposited with the ATCC under accession no. HB9259. Monoclonal antibodies that bind the FLAG® peptide are available from Eastman Kodak Co., Scientific Imaging Systems Division, New Haven, Connecticut.
Encompassed by the invention are oligomers or fusion polypeptides that comprise an MPD polypeptide. Oligomers that can be used as fusion partners can be in the form of covalently linked or non-covalently-linked multimers, including dimers, trimers, or higher oligomers. In one aspect of the invention, the oligomers maintain the binding ability or catalytic ability of the polypeptide components and provide therefor, bivalent, trivalent, and the like, binding or catalytic sites, an alternative embodiment the invention is directed to oligomers comprising multiple polypeptides joined via covalent or non-covalent interactions between peptide moieties fused to the polypeptides. Such peptides can be peptide linkers (spacers), or peptides that have the property of promoting oligomerization. Leucine zippers and certain polypeptides derived from antibodies are among the peptides that can promote oligomerization of the polypeptides attached thereto, as described in more detail below.
Typically a linker will be a peptide linker moiety. The length of the linker moiety is chosen to optimize the biological activity of the polypeptide comprising an MPD sequence and can be determined empirically without undue experimentation. The linker moiety should be long enough and flexible enough to allow an MPD polypeptide to freely interact with a substrate or ligand. The preferred linker moiety is a peptide between about one and 30 amino acid residues in length, preferably between about two and 15 amino acid residues. Preferred linker moieties are — Gly-Gly-, GGGGS (SEQ ID NO:31), (GGGGS)n (SEQ ID NO:32), GKSSGSGSESKS (SEQ ED NO:33), GSTSGSGKSSEGKG (SEQ ID NO:34), GSTSGSGKSSEGSGSTKG (SEQ ED NO:35), GSTSGSGKPGSGEGSTKG (SEQ ID NO:36), or EGKSSGSGSESKEF (SEQ ID NO:37). Linking moieties are described, for example, in Huston, J. S., et al, PNAS 85:5879 (1988), Whitlow, M., et al, Protein Engineering 6:989 (1993), and Newton, D. L., et al, Biochemistry 35:545 (1996). Other suitable peptide linkers are those described in U.S. Patents 4,751,180 and 4,935,233, which are hereby incoφorated by reference. A DNA sequence encoding a desired peptide linker can be inserted between, and in the same reading frame as, a DNA sequences encoding an MPD polypeptide or fragment thereof, using any suitable conventional technique. For example, a chemically synthesized oligonucleotide encoding the linker can be ligated between the sequences. In particular embodiments, a fusion polypeptide comprises from two to four soluble MPD polypeptides, separated by peptide linkers.
In embodiments where variants of an MPD polypeptide are constructed to include a membrane-spanning domain, they will form a Type I membrane polypeptide. In such embodiments, it is preferable to link the fusion partner to the C-terminus of the MPD polypeptide. Alternatively, the membrane-spanning polypeptides can be fused with known extracellular receptor domain polypeptides, for which the ligand is also known. Such fusion polypeptides can then be manipulated to control the intracellular signaling pathways triggered by the bound MPD polypeptide. Polypeptides that span the cell membrane can also be fused with agonists or antagonists of cell-surface receptors, or cellular adhesion molecules to further modulate MPD intracellular effects. In another aspect of the invention, interleukins can be situated between the preferred MPD polypeptide fragment and other fusion polypeptide domains.
The MPD polypeptides of the invention can also include a localization sequence to direct the polypeptide to particular cellular sites by fusion to appropriate organellar targeting signals or localized host proteins. A polynucleotide encoding a localization sequence, or signal sequence, can be ligated or fused at the 5' terminus of a polynucleotide encoding an MPD polypeptide such that the signal peptide is located at the amino terminal end of the resulting fusion polynucleotide/polypeptide. In eukaryotes, the signal peptide functions to transport a polypeptide across the endoplasmic reticulum. The secretory protein is then transported through the Golgi apparatus, into secretory vesicles and into the extracellular space or the external environment. Signal peptides include pre-pro peptides that contain a proteolytic enzyme recognition site.
The localization sequence can be a nuclear-, an endoplasmic reticulum-, a peroxisome-, or a mitochondrial-localization sequence, or a localized protein. Localization sequences can be targeting sequences that are described, for example, in "Protein Targeting", chapter 35 of Stryer, L., Biochemistry (4th ed.). W. H. Freeman, 1995. Some important localization sequences include those targeting the nucleus (e.g., KKKRK (SEQ ED NO:38)), mitochondria (MLRTSSLFTPvRVQPSLFRNE RLQST (SEQ ID NO:39)), endoplasmic reticulum (KDEL (SEQ ED NO:40)), peroxisome (SKF), plasma membrane (CAAX (SEQ ED NO:41), CC, CXC, or CCXX (SEQ ED NO:42)), cytoplasmic side of plasma membrane (fusion to SNAP-25), or the Golgi apparatus (fusion to furin).
In another embodiment, a polypeptide of the invention or fragments thereof may be fused to carrier molecules such as immunoglobulins for a variety of puφoses including increasing the valency of polypeptide binding sites. As an example, fragments of the polypeptide may be fused through linker sequences,, to the Fc portion of an immunoglobulin. For a bivalent form of the polypeptide, such a fusion could be to the Fc portion of an IgG molecule. Other immunoglobulin isotypes may also be used to generate such fusions. For example, a polypeptide-IgM fusion would generate a decavalent form of the polypeptide of the invention, hi one embodiment, the invention provides a fusion polypeptide having an Fc polypeptide domain and an MPD polypeptide sequence SEQ ID NO:6 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 43 to 148; SEQ ED NO: 8 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 38 to 366; SEQ ID NO:ll; SEQ ED NO:13; SEQ ED NO: 14 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 84 to 622; SEQ ED NO: 14 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 299 to 622; SEQ ED NO: 16; SEQ ED NO:21 from about residue 1 to 701; SEQ ID NO:23; SEQ ED NO:24 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 278 to 435; SEQ ED NO:25 from about residue 1 to 627; and SEQ ED NO:26 beginning at an amino acid between and including residues 1 and 224 to 383.
The term "Fc polypeptide" as used herein includes native and mutein forms of polypeptides made up of the Fc region of an antibody comprising any or all of the CH domains of the Fc region. Truncated forms of such polypeptides containing the hinge region that promotes dimerization are also included. Preferred polypeptides comprise an Fc polypeptide derived from a human IgGl antibody. As one alternative, an oligomer is prepared using polypeptides derived from immunoglobulins. Preparation of fusion polypeptides comprising certain heterologous polypeptides fused to various portions of antibody-derived polypeptides (including the Fc domain) has been described, e.g., by Ashkenazi et al. (PNAS USA 88:10535, 1991); Byrn et al (Nature 344:677, 1990); and Hollenbaugh and Aruffo ("Construction of Immunoglobulin Fusion Polypeptides", in Current Protocols in Immunology, Suppl. 4, pages 10.19.1 - 10.19.11, 1992). Methods for preparation and use of immunoglobulin-based oligomers are known in the art. One embodiment of the invention is directed to a dimer comprising two fusion polypeptides created by fusing a polypeptide of the invention to an Fc polypeptide derived from an antibody. A gene fusion encoding the polypeptide/Fc fusion polypeptide is inserted into an appropriate expression vector. Polypeptide/Fc fusion polypeptides are expressed in host cells transformed or transfected with the recombinant expression vector or recombinant polynucleotide encoding the fusion polypeptide, and allowed to assemble much like antibody molecules, whereupon interchain disulfide bonds form between the Fc moieties to yield divalent molecules. One suitable Fc polypeptide, described in PCT application WO 93/10151 (hereby incoφorated by reference), is a single chain polypeptide extending from the N-terminal hinge region to the native C-terminus of the Fc region of a human IgGl antibody. Another useful Fc polypeptide is the Fc mutein described in U.S. Patent 5,457,035 and in Baum et al, (EMBO J. 13:3992, 1994) incoφorated herein by reference. The amino acid sequence of this mutein is identical to that of the native Fc sequence presented in WO 93/10151, except that amino acid 19 has been changed from Leu to Ala, amino acid 20 has been changed from Leu to Glu, and amino acid 22 has been changed from Gly to Ala. The mutein exhibits reduced affinity for Fc receptors. The above-described fusion polypeptides comprising Fc moieties (and oligomers formed therefrom) offer the advantage of facile purification by affinity chromatography over Polypeptide A or Polypeptide G columns. In other embodiments, the polypeptides of the invention can be substituted for the variable portion of an antibody heavy or light chain. If fusion polypeptides are made with both heavy and light chains of an antibody, it is possible to form an oligomer with as many as four MPD polypeptides or fragments thereof.
Another method for preparing the oligomers of the invention involves use of a leucine zipper. Leucine zipper domains are peptides that promote oligomerization (dimers and trimers) of the polypeptides in which they are found. Leucine zippers were originally identified in several DNA-binding polypeptides (Landschulz et al., Science 240:1759, 1988), and have since been found in a variety of different polypeptides. The zipper domain comprises a repetitive heptad repeat, often with four or five leucine residues interspersed with other amino acids.
A chimeric or fusion polypeptide of the invention can be produced by standard recombinant DNA techniques. In one embodiment, polynucleotide fragments coding for the different polypeptide sequences are ligated together in-frame in accordance with conventional techniques, for example, by employing blunt-ended or stagger-ended termini for ligation, restriction enzyme digestion to provide for appropriate termini, filling-in of cohesive ends as appropriate, alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining, and enzymatic ligation. In another embodiment, the fusion gene can be synthesized by conventional techniques including automated DNA synthesizers. Alternatively, PCR amplification of gene fragments can be carried out using anchor primers that give rise to complementary overhangs between two consecutive gene fragments that can subsequently be annealed and reamplified to generate a chimeric gene sequence (see, for example, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, eds. Ausubel et al. John Wiley & Sons: 1992). Moreover, many expression vectors are commercially available that already encode a fusion moiety (e.g., a GST polypeptide).
The invention further includes polypeptides with or without associated native-pattern glycosylation. Polypeptides expressed in yeast or mammalian expression systems (e.g., COS-1 or CHO cells) can be similar to or significantly different from a native polypeptide in molecular weight and glycosylation pattern, depending upon the choice of expression system. Expression of polypeptides of the invention in bacterial expression systems, such as E. coli, provides non- glycosylated molecules. Further, a given preparation can include multiple differentially glycosylated species of the polypeptide. Glycosyl groups can be removed through conventional methods, in particular those utilizing glycopeptidase.
In another embodiment, modifications in the polypeptide or polynucleotide can be made using known techniques. Modifications of interest in the polypeptide sequences may include the alteration, substitution, replacement, insertion, or deletion of a selected amino acid residue in the coding sequence. For example, one or more of the cysteine residues may be deleted or replaced with another amino acid to alter the conformation of the molecule, an alteration which may involve preventing formation of incorrect intramolecular disulfide bridges upon folding or renaturation. Techniques for such alteration, substitution, replacement, insertion, or deletion are known to those skilled in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,518,584). As another example, N-glycosylation sites in a polypeptide' s extracellular domain can be modified to preclude glycosylation, allowing expression of a reduced carbohydrate analog in mammalian and yeast expression systems. N-glycosylation sites in eukaryotic polypeptides are characterized by an amino acid triplet Asn-X- Y, wherein X is any amino acid except Pro, and Y is Ser or Thr. Appropriate substitutions, additions, or deletions to the nucleotide sequence encoding these triplets will result in prevention of attachment of carbohydrate residues at the Asn side chain. Alteration of a single nucleotide, chosen so that Asn is replaced by a different amino acid, for example, is sufficient to inactivate an N-glycosylation site. Alternatively, the Ser or Thr can by replaced with another amino acid, such as Ala. Known procedures for inactivating N-glycosylation sites in polypeptides include those described in U.S. Patent 5,071,972 and EP 276,846, hereby incoφorated by reference. Additional variants within the scope of the invention include polypeptides that can be modified to create derivatives thereof by forming covalent or aggregative conjugates with other chemical moieties, such as glycosyl groups, lipids, phosphate, acetyl groups and the like. Covalent derivatives can be prepared by linking the chemical moieties to functional groups on amino acid side chains or at the N-terminus or C-terminus of a polypeptide. Conjugates comprising diagnostic (detectable) or therapeutic agents attached thereto are contemplated herein. Preferably, such alteration, substitution, replacement, insertion or deletion retains the desired activity of the polypeptide. The invention also provides polynucleotides encoding MPD polypeptides. The term "polynucleotide" refers to a polymeric form of nucleotides of at least 10 bases in length. The nucleotides can be ribonucleotides, deoxyribonucleotides, or modified forms of either type of nucleotide. The term includes single and double stranded forms of DNA or RNA. DNA includes, for example, cDNA, genomic DNA, chemically synthesized DNA, DNA amplified by PCR, and combinations thereof. The polynucleotides of the invention include full-length genes and cDNA molecules as well as a combination of fragments thereof. The polynucleotides of the invention are preferentially derived from human sources, but the invention includes those derived from non- human species, as well. By "isolated polynucleotide" is meant a polynucleotide that is not immediately contiguous with both of the coding sequences with which it is immediately contiguous (one on the 5' end and one on the 3' end) in the naturally occurring genome of the organism from which it is derived. The term therefore includes, for example, a recombinant polynucleotide molecule, which is incoφorated into a vector, e.g., an expression vector; into an autonomously replicating plasmid or virus; or into the genomic DNA of a prokaryote or eukaryote, or which exists as a separate molecule (e.g., a cDNA) independent of other sequences.
An MPD polynucleotide of the invention (1) encodes a polypeptide comprising a sequence as set forth in SEQ D NO: 1-26 or 27 or a fragment thereof; (2) has a sequence complementary to a (1); (3) polynucleotides that specifically hybridize to the polynucleotide of (1) under moderate to highly stringent conditions; and (4) polynucleotides of (1) - (3) wherein T can also be U (e.g., RNA sequences). Also encompassed by the invention are homologs of an MPD polynucleotide of the invention. These polynucleotides can be identified in several ways, including isolation of genomic or cDNA molecules from a suitable source, or computer searches of available sequence databases. Oligonucleotides or polynucleotides corresponding to the amino acid sequences described herein can be used as probes or primers for the isolation of polynucleotide homologs or as query sequences for database searches. Degenerate oligonucleotide sequences can be obtained by "back-translation" from the amino acid sequences of the invention. The polymerase chain reaction (PCR) procedure can be employed to isolate and amplify a DNA sequence encoding an MPD polypeptide. Oligonucleotides that define the desired termini of a target polynucleotide molecule are employed as 5' and 3' primers. Accordingly, fragments of the polynucleotides of the invention are useful as probes and primers to identify or amplify related sequence or obtain full- length sequences of an MPD of the invention. The oligonucleotides can additionally contain recognition sites for restriction endonucleases, to facilitate insertion of the amplified combination of DNA fragments into an expression vector. PCR techniques are known in the art (see, e.g., PCR Protocols: A Guide to Methods and Applications, Innis et. al., eds., Academic Press, Inc. (1990)). The invention also includes polynucleotides and oligonucleotides that hybridize under reduced stringency conditions, more preferably moderately stringent conditions, and most preferably highly stringent conditions, to MPD polynucleotides. The basic parameters affecting the choice of hybridization conditions and guidance for devising suitable conditions are set forth by Sambrook, J., E. F. Fritsch, and T. Maniatis (1989, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., chapters 9 and 11; and Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, 1995, F. M. Ausubel et al, eds., John Wiley & Sons, Inc., sections 2.10 and 6.3-6.4, incoφorated herein by reference), and can be readily determined by those having ordinary skill in the art based on, for example, the length and/or base composition of the polynucleotide. One way of achieving moderately stringent conditions involves the use of a prewashing solution containing 5 x SSC, 0.5% SDS, 1.0 mM EDTA (pH 8.0), hybridization buffer of about 50% formamide, 6 x SSC, and a hybridization temperature of about 55 °C (or other similar hybridization solutions, such as one containing about 50% formamide, with a hybridization temperature of about 42 °C), and washing conditions of about 60 °C, in 0.5 x SSC, 0.1% SDS. Generally, highly stringent conditions are defined as hybridization conditions as above, but with washing at approximately 68 °C, 0.2 x SSC, 0.1% SDS. SSPE (lxSSPE is 0.15M NaCl, 10 mM NaH2P04, and 1.25 mM EDTA, pH 7.4) can be substituted for SSC (IxSSC is 0.15M NaCl and 15 mM sodium citrate) in the hybridization and wash buffers; washes are performed for 15 minutes after hybridization is complete. It should be understood that the wash temperature and wash salt concentration can be adjusted as necessary to achieve a desired degree of stringency by applying the basic principles that govern hybridization reactions and duplex stability, as known to those skilled in the art and described further below (see, e.g., Sambrook et al, 1989). When hybridizing a nucleic acid to a target polynucleotide of unknown sequence, the hybrid length is assumed to be that of the hybridizing nucleic acid. When nucleic acids of known sequence are hybridized, the hybrid length can be determined by aligning the sequences of the nucleic acids and identifying the region or regions of optimal sequence complementarity. The hybridization temperature for hybrids anticipated to be less than 50 base pairs in length should be 5 to 10 °C less than the melting temperature (Tm) of the hybrid, where Tm is determined according to the following equations. For hybrids less than 18 base pairs in length, Tm (°C) = 2(# of A + T bases) + 4(# of G + C bases). For hybrids above 18 base pairs in length, Tm (°C) = 81.5 + 16.6(logι0 [Na+]) + 0.41(% G + C) - (600/N), where N is the number of bases in the hybrid, and [Na+] is the concentration of sodium ions in the hybridization buffer ([Na+] for IxSSC = 0.165M). Preferably, each such hybridizing nucleic acid has a length that is at least 25% (more preferably at least 50%, 60%, or 70%, and most preferably at least 80%) of the length of a polynucleotide of the invention to which it hybridizes, and has at least 60% sequence identity (more preferably at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 97.5%, or at least 99%, and most preferably at least 99.5%) with a polynucleotide of the invention to which it hybridizes.
"Conservatively modified variants" applies to both polypeptide and polynucleotide. With respect to particular polynucleotide, conservatively modified variants refer to codons in the polynucleotide which encode identical or essentially identical amino acids. Because of the degeneracy of the genetic code, a large number of functionally identical polynucleotides encode any given protein. For instance, the codons GCA, GCC, GCG and GCU all encode the amino acid alanine. Thus, at every position where an alanine is specified by a codon, the codon can be altered to any of the corresponding codons described without altering the encoded polypeptide. Such variations are "silent variations," which are one species of conservatively modified variations. Every polynucleotide sequence herein that encodes a polypeptide also describes every possible silent variation of the nucleic acid. One of skill will recognize that each codon in a polynucleotide (except AUG, which is ordinarily the only codon for methionine) can be modified to yield a functionally identical molecule. Accordingly, each silent variation of a nucleic acid that encodes a polypeptide is implicit in each described sequence.
The invention also provides methodology for analysis of polynucleotides of the invention on "DNA chips" as described in Hacia et al., Nature Genetics, 14:441-447 (1996). For example, high-density arrays of oligonucleotides comprising a sequence encoding an MPD polypeptide, fragment, or a variant or mutant thereof are applied and immobilized to the chip and can be used to detect sequence variations in a population. Polynucleotides in a test sample are hybridized to the immobilized oligonucleotides. The hybridization profile of the target polynucleotide to the immobilized probe is quantitated and compared to a reference profile. The resulting genetic information can be used in molecular diagnosis. The density of oligonucleotides on DNA chips can be modified as needed.
The invention also provides genes corresponding to the polynucleotides disclosed herein. "Corresponding genes" are the regions of the genome that are transcribed to produce the mRNAs from which cDNA molecules are derived and may include contiguous regions of the genome necessary for the regulated expression of such genes. Corresponding genes may therefore include but are not limited to coding sequences, 5' and 3' untranslated regions, alternatively spliced exons, introns, promoters, enhancers, and silencer or suppressor elements. The corresponding genes can be isolated in accordance with known methods using the sequence information disclosed herein. Such methods include the preparation of probes or primers from the disclosed sequence information for identification and/or amplification of genes in appropriate genomic libraries or other sources of genomic materials.
Expression, isolation, and purification of the polypeptides and fragments of the invention can be accomplished by any suitable technique, including but not limited to the following methods.
The isolated polynucleotides of the invention may be operably linked to an expression control sequence such as the pMT2 or pED expression vectors disclosed in Kaufman et al, Nucleic Acids Res. 19:4485 (1991); and Pouwels et al. Cloning Vectors: A Laboratory Manual, Elsevier, New York, (1985, and Supplements), in order to produce a polypeptide of the invention recombinantly. Many suitable expression control sequences are known in the art. General methods of expressing recombinant polypeptides are also known and are exemplified in R. Kaufman, Methods in Enzymology 185:537 (1990). As defined herein "operably linked" means that an isolated polynucleotide of the invention and an expression control sequence are situated within a vector or cell in such a way that the polypeptide encoded by the polynucleotide is expressed by a host cell which has been transformed (transfected) with the vector or polynucleotide operably linked to the control sequence.
In addition, a sequence encoding an appropriate signal peptide (native or heterologous) can be incoφorated into expression vectors. The choice of signal peptide or leader can depend on factors such as the type of host cells in which the recombinant polypeptide is to be produced. Examples of heterologous signal peptides that are functional in mammalian host cells include the signal sequence for interleukin (IL)-7 (see, U.S. Patent 4,965,195); the signal sequence for IL-2 receptor (see, Cosman et al, Nature 312:768, 1984); the IL-4 receptor signal peptide (see, EP 367,566); the type I IL-1 receptor signal peptide (see, U.S. Patent 4,968,607); and the type II IL-1 receptor signal peptide (see, EP 460,846). A signal peptide that is functional in the intended host cells promotes extracellular secretion of the polypeptide. The signal peptide is cleaved from the polypeptide upon secretion of a polypeptide from the cell. A polypeptide preparation can include a mixture of polypeptide molecules having different N-terminal amino acids, resulting from cleavage of the signal peptide at more than one site.
Established methods for introducing DNA into mammalian cells have been described (Kaufman, R.J., Large Scale Mammalian Cell Culture, 1990, pp. 15-69). Additional protocols using commercially available reagents, such as Lipofectamine or Lipofectamine-Plus lipid reagent (Gibco/BRL), can be used to transfect cells (Feigner et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:1413, 1987). In addition, electroporation can be used to transfect mammalian cells using conventional procedures, such as those in Sambrook et al (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2 ed. Vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1989). Selection of stable transformants can be performed using methods known in the art, such as, for example, resistance to cytotoxic drugs. Kaufman et al, Meth. in Enzymology 185:481, 1990, describes several selection schemes, such as dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) resistance. A suitable strain for DHFR selection can be CHO strain DX-B11, which is deficient in DHFR (Urlaub et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216, 1980). A plasmid expressing the DHFR cDNA can be introduced into strain DX-B11, and only cells that contain the plasmid can grow in the appropriate selective media. Other examples of selectable markers that can be incoφorated into an expression vector include cDNAs conferring resistance to antibiotics, such as G418 and hygromycin B. Cells harboring the vector are selected on the basis of resistance to these compounds. Alternatively, gene products can be obtained via homologous recombination, or "gene targeting" techniques. Such techniques employ the introduction of exogenous transcription control elements (such as the CMV promoter or the like) in a particular predetermined site on the genome, to induce expression of an endogenous gene encoding an MPD polypeptide of the invention. The location of integration into a host chromosome or genome can be easily determined by one of skill in the art, given the known location and sequence of the gene. In a preferred embodiment, the invention also contemplates the introduction of exogenous transcriptional control elements in conjunction with an amplifiable gene, to produce increased amounts of the gene product. The practice of homologous recombination or gene targeting is explained by Schimke, et al. 'Amplification of Genes in Somatic Mammalian cells," Methods in Enzymology 151:85 (1987), and by Capecchi, et al. , "Tlie New Mouse Genetics: Altering the Genome by Gene Targeting," TIG 5:70 (1989). Suitable host cells for expression of the polypeptide include eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells. Mammalian host cells include, for example, the COS-7 line of monkey kidney cells (ATCC CRL 1651) (Gluzman et al, Cell 23:115, 1981), L cells, C127 cells, 3T3 cells (ATCC CCL 163), Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, HeLa cells, BHK (ATCC CRL 10) cell lines, the CV1/EBNA cell line derived from the African green monkey kidney cell line CV1 (ATCC CCL 70) (see, McMahan et al EMBO J. 10: 2821, 1991), human kidney 293 cells, human epidermal A431 cells, human Colo205 cells, other transformed primate cell lines, normal diploid cells, cell strains derived from in vitro culture of primary tissue, primary explants, HL-60, U937, HaK or Jurkat cells. Alternatively, it may be possible to produce the polypeptide in lower eukaryotes such as yeast or in prokaryotes such as bacteria. Potentially suitable yeast strains include Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, Kluyveromyces strains, Candida, or any yeast strain capable of expressing heterologous polypeptides. Potentially suitable bacterial strains include, for example, Escherichia coli, Bacillus subtilis, Salmonella typhimurium, or any bacterial strain capable of expressing heterologous polypeptides. If the polypeptide is made in yeast or bacteria, it may be necessary to modify the polypeptide produced therein, for example by phosphorylation or glycosylation of the appropriate sites, in order to obtain the functional polypeptide. Such covalent attachments may be accomplished using known chemical or enzymatic methods. The polypeptide may also be produced by operably linking a polynucleotide of the invention to suitable control sequences in one or more insect expression vectors, and employing an insect expression system. Materials and methods for baculovirus/insect cell expression systems are commercially available in kit form from, e.g., Invitrogen, San Diego, CA, U.S.A. (the MaxBac® kit), as well as methods described in Summers and Smith, Texas Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin No. 1555 (1987), and Luckow and Summers, Bio/Technology 6:47 (1988), incoφorated herein by reference. Cell-free translation systems could also be employed to produce polypeptides using RNAs derived from nucleic acid constructs disclosed herein. A host cell that comprises an isolated polynucleotide of the invention, preferably operably linked to at least one expression control sequence, is a "recombinant host cell". Any method, which neutralizes MPD polypeptides or inhibits expression (either transcription or translation) of an MPD polynucleotide can be used to reduce the biological activities of MPD polypeptides.
In one embodiment, antagonists can be designed to reduce the level of endogenous MPD expression, e.g., using known antisense or ribozyme approaches to inhibit or prevent translation of MPD mRNA transcripts; triple helix approaches to inhibit transcription of MPD genes; or targeted homologous recombination to inactivate or "knock out" the MPD genes or their endogenous promoters or enhancer elements. Such antisense, ribozyme, and triple helix antagonists may be designed to reduce or inhibit either unimpaired or, if appropriate, mutant MPD activity. Antisense RNA and DNA molecules act to directly block the translation of mRNA by hybridizing to targeted mRNA and preventing polypeptide translation. Antisense approaches involve the design of oligonucleotides (either DNA or RNA) that are complementary to a mRNA having an MPD polynucleotide sequence. Absolute complementarity, although preferred, is not required. Oligonucleotides that are complementary to the 5' end of the message, e.g., the 5' untranslated sequence up to, and including, the AUG initiation codon, should work most efficiently at inhibiting translation. Antisense nucleic acids are preferably oligonucleotides ranging from 6 to about 50 nucleotides in length. The oligonucleotides can be DNA, RNA, chimeric mixtures, derivatives or modified versions thereof, single-stranded or double-stranded. The oligonucleotide can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety, or phosphate backbone, for example, to improve stability of the molecule, hybridization, and the like. The oligonucleotide may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Letsinger et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 86:6553, 1989; Lemaitre et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 84:648, 1987; PCT Publication No. WO88/09810), or hybridization-triggered cleavage agents or intercalating agents (see, e.g., Zon, Pharm. Res. 5:539, 1988). The antisense molecules are delivered to cells, which express a transcript having an MPD polynucleotide sequence in vivo by, for example, direct injection into the tissue or cell derivation site, or modified antisense molecules, designed to target the desired cells (e.g., antisense linked to peptides or antibodies that specifically bind receptors or antigens expressed on the target cell surface) can be administered systemically. Preferred approach utilizes a recombinant DNA construct in which the antisense oligonucleotide is placed under the control of a strong pol III or pol II promoter.
Ribozyme molecules designed to catalytically cleave mRNA transcripts having an MPD polynucleotide sequence prevent translation of MPD mRNA (see, e.g., PCT International Publication WO90/11364; US Patent No. 5,824,519). Ribozymes are RNA molecules possessing the ability to specifically cleave other single-stranded RNA. Because ribozymes are sequence- specific, only mRNAs with particular sequences are inactivated. There are two basic types of ribozymes namely, tetrahymena-type (Hasselhoff, Nature, 334:585, 1988) and "hammerhead"- type. Tetrahymena-type ribozymes recognize sequences, which are four bases in length, while "hammerhead"-type ribozymes recognize base sequences 11-18 bases in length. The longer the recognition sequence, the greater the likelihood that the sequence will occur exclusively in the target mRNA species. Consequently, hammerhead-type ribozymes are preferable to tetrahymena- type ribozymes. As in the antisense approach, ribozymes can be composed of modified oligonucleotides and delivered using using a DNA construct "encoding" the ribozyme under the control of a strong constitutive pol III or pol El promoter.
Alternatively, endogenous MPD expression can be reduced by targeting DNA sequences complementary to a regulatory region of the target gene (e.g., the target gene promoter and/or enhancers) to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the target gene (see generally, Helene, Anticancer Drug Des., 6(6), 569, 1991; Helene, et al, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 660:27, 1992; and Maher, Bioassays 14(12), 807, 1992).
Antisense, ribozyme, and triple helix molecules of the invention may be prepared by any method known in the art for the synthesis of DNA and RNA molecules and include techniques for chemically synthesizing oligodeoxyribonucleotides and oligoribonucleotides such as, for example, solid phase phosphoramidite chemical synthesis using an automated DNA synthesizer available from Biosearch, Applied Biosystems. Phosphorothioate oligonucleotides may be synthesized by the method of Stein et al, Nucl. Acids Res. 16:3209, 1988. Methylphosphonate oligonucleotides can be prepared by use of controlled pore glass polymer supports (Sarin et al. , Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85:7448, 1988). Alternatively, RNA molecules may be generated by in vitro and in vivo transcription of DNA sequences encoding the antisense RNA molecule.
Endogenous gene expression can also be reduced by inactivating or "knocking out" the target gene or its promoter using targeted homologous recombination (see, e.g., Smithies, et al, Nature 317:230, 1985; Thomas and Capecchi, Cell 51, 503, 1987; Thompson, et al, Cell 5, 313, 1989; each of which is incoφorated by reference herein in its entirety). For example, a mutant non-functional target gene (or a completely unrelated DNA sequence) flanked by DNA homologous to the endogenous target gene can be used, with or without a selectable marker and/or a negative selectable marker. Insertion of the DNA construct, via targeted homologous recombination, results in inactivation of the target gene. Such approaches are particularly suited where modifications to embryonic stem cells can be used to generate non-human animal offspring with an inactive target gene (e.g., see Thomas and Capecchi, 1987 and Thompson, 1989, supra; see also the "RNA interference" ("RNAi") technique of Grishok et al, Science 287 (5462): 2494, 2000), and Dernburg et al, Genes Dev. 14 (13): 1578, 2000).
As used herein, a "transgenic animal" is an animal that includes a transgene that is inserted into an embryonal cell and becomes a part of the genome of the animal that develops from that cell, or an offspring of such an animal. Any non-human animal that can be produced by transgenic technology is included in the invention, although mammals are preferred. Preferred mammals include non-human primates, sheep, goats, horses, cattle, pigs, rabbits, and rodents, such as, guinea pigs, hamsters, rats, gerbils, and mice.
A "transgene" is a polynucleotide that comprises one or more selected sequences (e.g., encoding ribozymes that cleave MPD mRNA, encoding an antisense molecule to an MPD mRNA, encoding a mutant MPD sequence, and the like) to be expressed in a transgenic animal. The polynucleotide is partly or entirely heterologous, i.e., foreign, to the transgenic animal, or homologous to an endogenous gene of the transgenic animal, but which is designed to be inserted into the animal's genome at a location which differs from that of the natural gene. A transgene may include one or more promoters and any other DNA sequences, such as introns, necessary for expression of the selected DNA, all operably linked to the selected DNA, and may include an enhancer sequence.
The transgenic animal can be used in order to identify the impact of increased or decreased MPD levels on a particular pathway or phenotype. Protocols useful in producing such transgenic animals are known in the art (see, e.g., Brinster, et al, Proc. Natl. Acad Sci. USA 82:4438, 1985; Jaenisch, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 73:1260, 1976; Hogan, et al., 1986, Manipulating the Mouse Embryo, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.; Jahner, et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:6927, 1985; Van der Putten, et al, Proc Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:6148; Steward, et al , EMBO J., 6:383, 1987; Jahner, et al. , Nature, 298:623, 1982).
In another embodiment, Antibodies that are immunoreactive with the polypeptides of the invention are provided herein. The MPD polypeptides, fragments, variants, fusion polypeptides, and the like, as set forth above, can be employed as "immunogens" in producing antibodies immunoreactive therewith. Such antibodies specifically bind to the polypeptides via the antigen- binding sites of the antibody. Specifically binding antibodies are those that will specifically recognize and bind with MPD polypeptides, homologues, and variants, but not with other molecules. In a preferred embodiment, the antibodies are specific for polypeptides having an MPD amino acid sequence of the invention and do not cross-react with other polypeptides.
More specifically, the polypeptides, fragment, variants, fusion polypeptides, and the like contain antigenic determinants or epitopes that elicit the formation of antibodies. These antigenic determinants or epitopes can be either linear or conformational (discontinuous). Linear epitopes are composed of a single section of amino acids of the polypeptide, while conformational or discontinuous epitopes are composed of amino acids sections from different regions of the polypeptide chain that are brought into close proximity upon polypeptide folding. Epitopes can be identified by any of the methods known in the art. Additionally, epitopes from the polypeptides of the invention can be used as research reagents, in assays, and to purify specific binding antibodies from substances such as polyclonal sera or supernatants from cultured hybridomas. Such epitopes or variants thereof can be produced using techniques known in the art such as solid-phase
3.1 synthesis, chemical or enzymatic cleavage of a polypeptide, or using recombinant DNA technology.
Both polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies to the polypeptides of the invention can be prepared by conventional techniques. See, for example, Monoclonal Antibodies, Hybridomas: A New Dimension in Biological Analyses, Kennet et al (eds.), Plenum Press, New York (1980); and Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Harlow and Land (eds.), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, (1988); Kohler and Milstein, (U.S. Pat. No. 4,376,110); the human B- cell hybridoma technique (Kosbor et al, Immunology Today 4:72, 1983; Cole et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80:2026, 1983); and the EBV-hybridoma technique (Cole et al, 1985, Monoclonal Antibodies And Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, Inc., pp. 77-96). Hybridoma cell lines that produce monoclonal antibodies specific for the polypeptides of the invention are also contemplated herein. Such hybridomas can be produced and identified by conventional techniques. For the production of antibodies, various host animals may be immunized by injection with an MPD polypeptide, fragment, variant, or mutants thereof. Such host animals may include, but are not limited to, rabbits, mice, and rats, to name a few. Various adjutants may be used to increase the immunological response. Depending on the host species, such adjutants include, but are not limited to, Freund's (complete and incomplete), mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, surface active substances such as lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, keyhole limpet hemocyanin, dinitrophenol, and potentially useful human adjutants such as BCG (bacille Calmette-Guerin) and Corynebacterium parvum. The monoclonal antibodies can be recovered by conventional techniques. Such monoclonal antibodies may be of any immunoglobulin class including IgG, IgM, IgE, IgA, IgD, and any subclass thereof.
In addition, techniques developed for the production of "chimeric antibodies" (Takeda et al., Nature, 314:452, 1985) by splicing the genes from a mouse antibody molecule of appropriate antigen specificity together with genes from a human antibody molecule of appropriate biological activity can be used. A chimeric antibody is a molecule in which different portions are derived from different animal species, such as those having a variable region derived from a porcine mAb and a human immunoglobulin constant region. The monoclonal antibodies of the invention also include humanized versions of murine monoclonal antibodies. Such humanized antibodies can be prepared by known techniques and offer the advantage of reduced immunogenicity when the antibodies are administered to humans. Procedures for the production of chimeric and further engineered monoclonal antibodies include those described in Riechmann et al. (Nature 332:323, 1988), Liu et al (PNAS 84:3439, 1987), Larrick et al. (Bio/Technology 7:934, 1989), and Winter and Harris (TIPS 14: 139, Can, 1993). Procedures to generate antibodies transgenically can be found in GB 2,272,440, US Patent Nos. 5,569,825 and 5,545,806 and related patents claiming priority therefrom, all of which are incoφorated by reference herein. Preferably, for use in humans, the antibodies are human or humanized; techniques for creating such human antibodies are also known. Transgenic animals for making human antibodies are available from, for example, Medarex Inc. (Princeton, NJ) and Abgenix Inc. (Fremont, CA).
Antibody fragments, which recognize specific epitopes, may be generated by known techniques. For example, such fragments include but are not limited to: the F(ab')2 fragments which can be produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule and the Fab fragments which can be generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of the (ab')2 fragments. Alternatively, Fab expression libraries may be constructed (Huse et al., Science, 246:1275, 1989) to allow rapid and easy identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity. Techniques described for the production of single chain antibodies (U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778; Bird, Science 242:423, 1988; Huston et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879, 1988; and Ward et al, Nature 334:544, 1989) can also be adapted to produce single chain antibodies against polypeptides containing MPD amino acid sequences. In addition, antibodies to the MPD polypeptide can, in turn, be utilized to generate anti-idiotype antibodies that "mimic" an MPD polypeptide and that may bind to the MPD polypeptide using techniques known to those skilled in the art. (See, e.g., Greenspan & Bona, FASEB J 7(5):437, 1993; and Nissinoff, J. Immunol. 147(8):2429, 1991).
Screening procedures to identify such antibodies are known, and can involve immunoaffinity chromatography, for example. Antibodies can be screened for agonistic (i.e., ligand-mimicking) properties. Such antibodies, upon binding to an MPD polypeptide on the cell surface, can induce biological effects (e.g., transduction of biological signals) similar to the biological effects induced when the naturally occurring MPD binding partner binds to the polypeptide on the cell surface. Agonistic antibodies can be used to induce MPD mediated co- stimulatory pathways or intercellular communication.
In addition, antibodies that block binding of a polypeptide having an MPD polypeptide sequence of the invention to its binding partner or substrate can be used to inhibit MPD polypeptide mediated intercellular communication or co-stimulation that results from such binding and/or to identify integrin cognates of an MPD polypeptide. Such blocking antibodies can be identified using any suitable assay procedure, such as by testing antibodies for the ability to inhibit binding of an MPD polypeptide to certain cells expressing a binding partner (e.g., an integrin) to the polypeptide. Alternatively, blocking antibodies can be identified in assays for the ability to inhibit a biological effect that results from binding of an MPD polypeptide to target cells. In one embodiment, a flow cytometric integrin mAb based binding inhibition assay is used to show binding of MPDdis-Fc polypeptides to integrins expressed on the surface of endothelial cells. Human endothelial cells can be used in such assay. Human endothelial cells express oc^3, otvβs, βi, β4, oti, α2, α3, , α5, and α6 integrins. An MPDdis-Fc polypeptide is contacted with the endothelial cells. Monoclonal antibodies specific for human integrins αvβ3 (LM609, anti-CD51/61, Chemicon, Temecula, CA; Brooks et al, Science 264:569, 1994), α2βι (BHA2.1, anti-CD49b, Chemicon; Wang et al, Mol. Biol. of the Cell 9:865, 1998), α5βι (SAM-1, anti-CD49e, Biodesign; A. te Velde et al, J. Immunol. 140:1548, 1988), a3p! (ASC-6, anti-CD49c, Chemicon; Pattaramalai et al, Exp. Cell. Res. 222: 281, 1996), α4βι (HP2/1, anti-CD49d, Immunotech, Marseilles, France; Workshop of the 4th International Conference on Human Leukocyte Differentiation Antigens, Vienna Austria, 1989, workshop number p091), α6βι (GoH3, anti-CD49f, Immunotech; Workshop 4th International Conference on Human Leukocyte Differentiation Antigens, workshop number p055), α6β4 (439-9B, anti-CD 104, Pharmingen, San Diego, CA; Schlossman et al, 1995 Leukocyte Typing V: White Cell Differentiation Antigens. Oxford University Press, New York), and αvβ5. (MAB 1961, Chemicon; Weinaker, et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:6940, 1994) were shown to bind specifically to HMVEC-d. Each of these antibodies is known to specifically block binding of the indicated integrin to its ligands (e.g., fibronectin, vitronectin, fibrinogen). The ability of integrin mAbs to inhibit the binding of MPDdis-Fc polypeptides reveals which integrins the disintegrin domain of an MPD polypeptide binds and, indirectly, which integrin binding activities the disintegrin domains are able to antagonize. MPDdis-Fc polypeptides that bind to select integrins are further tested for the ability to disrupt integrin-ligand interactions and to modulate endothelial cell function, angiogenesis, and other biological activities in vitro and in vivo.
Disorders caused or exacerbated (directly or indirectly) by the interaction of MPD polypeptides with a cell surface-binding partner can thus be treated. A therapeutic method involves in vivo administration of a blocking antibody to a subject in an amount effective to inhibit MPD binding-mediated biological activity. As used herein, a "subject" can be any animal, preferably a mammal (e.g., canine, feline, bovine, porcine, equine, primates, and the like), and most preferably a human. Monoclonal antibodies are generally preferred for use in such therapeutic methods. In one embodiment, an antigen-binding antibody fragment is employed. Compositions comprising an antibody against an MPD polypeptide, and a physiologically acceptable diluent, excipient, or carrier, are provided herein.
Also provided herein are conjugates comprising a detectable (e.g., diagnostic) or therapeutic agent attached to an anti-MPD polypeptide antibody. The conjugates find use in in vitro or in vivo procedures. The antibodies of the invention can also be used in assays to detect the presence of the polypeptides or fragments of the invention, either in vitro or in vivo. The antibodies also can be employed in purifying polypeptides or fragments of the invention by immunoaffinity chromatography.
In another embodiment, rational drug design is used to produce structural analogs of biologically active polypeptides of interest or of small molecules with which they interact, e.g., substrates, binding agents, inhibitors, agonists, antagonists, and the like. The methods provided herein can be used to fashion or identify agents which are more active or stable forms of the polypeptide or which enhance or interfere with the function of a polypeptide in vivo (Hodgson J, Biotechnology 9:19, 1991, incoφorated herein by reference). In one approach, the three- dimensional structure of a polypeptide of the invention, a ligand or binding partner, or of a polypeptide-binding partner complex, is determined by x-ray crystallography, by nuclear magnetic resonance, or by computer homology modeling or, most typically, by a combination of these approaches. Relevant structural information is used to design analogous molecules, to identify efficient inhibitors, or to identify small molecules that may bind to a polypeptide of the invention. The use of ADAM polypeptide structural information, preferably MPD structural information, in molecular modeling software systems provides for the design of inhibitors or binding agents useful in modulating MPD activity. A particular method of the invention comprises analyzing the three dimensional structure of MPD polypeptides for likely binding sites of substrates or ligands, synthesizing a new molecule that incoφorates a predictive reactive site, and assaying the new molecule as described further herein. Examples of algorithms, software, and methods for modeling substrates or binding agents based upon the three-dimensional structure of a protein are described in PCT publication WO 107579 A2, the disclosure of which is incoφorated herein. It is also possible to isolate a target-specific antibody, selected by a functional assay, as described further herein, and then to solve its crystal structure thus yielding a pharmacore upon which subsequent drug design can be based. It is possible to bypass polypeptide crystallography altogether by generating anti-idiotypic antibodies (anti-ids) to a functional, pharmacologically active antibody. As a mirror image of a mirror image, the binding site of the anti-ids would be expected to be an analog of the original receptor. The anti-id could then be used to identify and isolate peptides from banks of chemically or biologically produced peptides. The isolated peptides would then act as the pharmacore.
The invention provides methods for identifying agents that modulate MPD polypeptide activity or expression. Such methods included contacting a sample containing an MPD polypeptide or polynucleotide with a test agent under conditions that allow for the test agent and the polypeptide or polynucleotide to interact and measuring the expression or activity of an MPD polypeptide in the presence or absence of the test agent.
In one embodiment, a cell containing an MPD polynucleotide is contacted with a test agent under conditions such that the cell and test agent are allowed to interact. Such conditions typically include normal cell culture conditions consistent with the particular cell type being utilized and which are known in the art. It may be desirable to allow the test agent and cell to interact under conditions associated with increased temperature or in the presence of regents that facilitate the uptake of the test agent by the cell. A control is treated similarly but in the absence of the test agent. Alternatively, the MPD activity or expression may be measured prior to contact with the test agent (e.g., the standard or control measurement) and then again following contact with the test agent. The treated cell is then compared to the control and a difference in the expression or activity of MPD compared to the control is indicative of an agent that modulates MPD activity or expression.
When MPD expression is being measured, detecting the amount of mRNA encoding an
MPD polypeptide in the cell can be quantified by, for example, PCR or Northern blot. Where a change in the amount of MPD polypeptide in the sample is being measured, detecting or quantifying MPD polypeptide can be performed using anti-MPD antibodies using known techniques.
A test agent can be any molecule typically used in the modulation of protein activity or expression and includes, for example, small molecules, chemicals, peptidomimetics, antibodies, peptides, polynucleotides (e.g., antisense or ribozyme molecules), and the like. Accordingly, agents developed by computer based drug design can be tested in the laboratory using the assay and methods described herein to determine the activity of the agent on the modulation of MPD activity or expression. Modulation of MPD includes an increase or decrease in activity or expression. An MPD polypeptide of the invention (including fragments, variants, oligomers, and other forms) are useful in a variety of assays. For example, an MPD polypeptide of the invention can be used to identify binding partners of members of the ADAM family of polypeptides, which can also be used to modulate intercellular communication, co-stimulation, or immune cell activity. Alternatively, they can be used to identify non-binding-partner molecules or substances that modulate intercellular communication, co-stimulatory pathways, or immune cell activity.
MPD polypeptides and fragments thereof can be used to identify binding partners. For example, they can be tested for the ability to bind a candidate-binding partner in any suitable assay, such as a conventional binding assay. To illustrate, an MPD polypeptide or fragment thereof can be labeled with a detectable molecule (e.g., a radionuclide, a chromophore, and an enzyme that catalyzes a colorimetric or fluorometric reaction and the like). The labeled polypeptide is contacted with cells expressing the candidate-binding partner. The cells then are washed to remove unbound- labeled polypeptide, and the presence of cell-bound label is determined by a suitable technique, chosen according to the nature of the label.
In one embodiment, a binding partner integrin is identified by the use of anti-integrin antibodies. The ability of integrin mAbs to inhibit the binding of MPDdis-Fc polypeptides reveals which integrin the disintegrin domain binds and, indirectly, which integrin binding activities the disintegrin domain is able to antagonize. MPDdis-Fc polypeptides that bind to select integrins are further tested for the ability to disrupt integrin-ligand interactions and to modulate endothelial cell function, angiogenesis, and other biological activities in vitro and in vivo. In another example of a binding assay a recombinant expression vector containing the candidate binding partner cDNA is transfected into CVl-EBNA-1 cells. The cells are incubated for 1 hour at 37°C with various concentrations of, for example, a soluble MPD polypeptide/Fc fusion polypeptide. Cells are washed and incubated with a constant saturating concentration of a 125I- mouse anti-human IgG. After washing, cells are released via trypsinization. The mouse anti-human IgG employed above is directed against the Fc region of human IgG and can be obtained from Jackson Immunoresearch Laboratories, Inc., West Grove, PA. The antibody will bind to the Fc portion of any Fc polypeptide that has bound to the cells. Cell-bound 125I-antibody is quantified on a Packard Autogamma counter.
Where an MPD polypeptide binds or potentially binds to another polypeptide (e.g., in a receptor-ligand interaction), the MPD polynucleotide can also be used in interaction trap assays (see, e.g., Gyuris et al, Cell 75:791, 1993) to identify polynucleotides encoding the other polypeptide with which binding occurs or to identify inhibitors of the binding interaction. Polypeptides involved in these binding interactions can also be used to screen for peptide or small molecule inhibitors or agonists of the binding interaction.
Another type of suitable binding assay is a competitive binding assay. To illustrate, biological activity of a variant can be determined by assaying for the variant's ability to compete with the native polypeptide for binding to the candidate-binding partner. Competitive binding assays can be performed by conventional methodology. Reagents that can be employed in competitive binding assays include a radiolabeled MPD fragment or variant and intact cells expressing MPD (endogenous or recombinant) on the cell surface. Instead of intact cells, one could substitute a soluble binding partner/Fc fusion polypeptide bound to a solid phase through the interaction of Polypeptide A or Polypeptide G (on the solid phase) with the Fc moiety. Chromatography columns that contain Polypeptide A and G include those available from Pharmacia Biotech, Inc., Piscataway, NJ.
Enzymatic assays can be used to measure metalloproteinase activity of MPD polypeptides. For example, the activity of an MPD metalloproteinase polypeptide can be measure by incubating a fluorescently labeled MPD metalloproteinase substrate with an MPD metalloproteinase polypeptide and measuring a change in the fluorescence or location of fluorescence. Development of fluorescently labeled substrates in known in the art.
The influence of MPD polypeptides, MPD fragments and antibodies on intercellular communication, co-stimulation, integrin binding, endothelial cell migration, angiogenesis or immune cell activity can be assayed by contacting a cell or a group of cells with a polynucleotide, polypeptide, agonist or antagonist, to induce, enhance, suppress, or arrest cellular communication, costimulation, integrin binding, endothelial cell migration, angiogenesis or activity in the target cells. Identification of MPD polypeptides, agonists or antagonists can be carried out via a variety of assays known to those skilled in the art. Included in such assays are those that evaluate the ability of an MPD polypeptide to influence intercellular communication, co-stimulation, integrin binding, endothelial cell migration, or angiogenesis. Such an assay would involve, for example, the analysis of cell-cell interactions (e.g., through integrin-related binding) in the presence of an MPD polypeptide or soluble disintegrin fragment thereof. In such an assay, one would determine a rate of cell-cell interaction, cell matrix interaction, or integrin associated binding in the presence of a polypeptide having an MPD sequence and then determine if such binding or interaction is altered in the presence of, e.g., a soluble disintegrin MPD (MPDdis) sequence. Exemplary assays for this aspect of the invention includes endothelial migration assays. Other assays are known in the art.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of detecting the ability of a test agent to affect the cell-cell interaction, cell-matrix interaction, integrin-associated binding activity, endothelial cell migratory activity, or angiogenic activity of the test agent on a cell or culture. In this aspect, the method comprises: (1) contacting a first group of target cells with a test agent including a polypeptide comprising an MPD sequence (e.g., SEQ ED NO: 1-27; or a soluble MPD disintegrin polypeptide), a ligand or receptor for an MPD polypeptide, or fragment thereof, under conditions appropriate to the particular assay being used; (2) measuring the net rate of cell-cell interaction, cell-matrix interaction, integrin-associated binding activity, endothelial cell migratory activity, or angiogenic activity among the target cells; and (3) observing the net rate of cell-cell interaction, cell-matrix interaction, integrin-associated binding activity, endothelial cell migratory activity, or angiogenic activity among control cells containing an MPD polypeptide ligand or fragments thereof, in the absence of a test agent, under otherwise identical conditions as the first group of cells. In this embodiment, the net rate of intercellular communication or co-stimulation in the control cells is compared to that of the cells treated with both an MPD molecule as well as a test agent. The comparison will provide a difference in the net rate of cell-cell interaction, cell- matrix interaction, integrin-associated binding activity, endothelial cell migratory activity, or angiogenic activity indicative of an agent that modulates MPD activity. The test agent can function as an effector by either activating or up-regulating, or by inhibiting or down-regulating cell-cell interaction, cell-matrix interaction, integrinassociated binding, endothelial cell migratory activity, or angiogenic activity.
A polypeptide of the invention may exhibit cytokine production or inhibition activity, cell proliferation (either inducing or inhibiting), or cell differentiation (either inducing or inhibiting) activity. Many polypeptide factors discovered to date, including all known cytokines, have exhibited activity in one or more cell proliferation assays, and hence the assays serve as a convenient confirmation of cytokine activity. The activity of a polypeptide of the invention is evidenced by any one of a number of routine factor dependent cell proliferation assays for cell lines including, without limitation, 32D, DA2, DA1G, T10, B9, B9/11, BaF3, MC9/G, M+ (preB M+), 2E8, RB5, DAI, 123, T1165, HT2, CTLL2, TF-1, Mo7e and CMK. The activity of an MPD polypeptide of the invention may be measured by the following methods: Assays for T-cell or thymocyte proliferation include, without limitation, those described in: Current Protocols in Immunology, Ed. by Coligan et al, Pub. Greene Publishing Associates and Wiley-Interscience (Chapter 3, In vitro assays for Mouse Lymphocyte Function 3.1-3.19; Chapter 7, Immunologic studies in Humans); Takai et al, J. Immunol. 137:3494, 1986; Bertagnolli et al, J. Immunol. 145:1706, 1990; Bertagnolli et al, Cell. Immunol. 133:327, 1991; Bertagnolli, et al, J. Immunol. 149:3778, 1992; Bowman et al, J. Immunol. 152: 1756, 1994.
Assays for cytokine production and/or proliferation of spleen cells, lymph node cells or thymocytes include, without limitation, those described in: Polyclonal T cell stimulation, Kruisbeek, A. M. and Shevach, Vol 1 pp. 3.12.1-3.12.14, and Measurement of mouse and human Interferon γ, Schreiber, R. D. Vol 1 pp. 6.8.1-6.8.8. In Current Protocols in Immunology. E. M. Coligan eds. John Wiley and Sons, Toronto. 1994; Coligan eds., John Wiley and Sons, Toronto, 1994. Assays for proliferation and differentiation of hematopoietic and lymphopoietic cells include, without limitation, those described in: Measurement of Human and Murine Interleukin 2 and Interleukin 4, Bottomry et al, i Current Protocols in Immunology. Coligan eds. Vol 1 pp. 6.3.1-6.3.12, John Wiley and Sons, Toronto. 1991; deVries et al, J. Exp. Med. 173:1205, 1991; Moreau et al, Nature 336:690, 1988; Greenberger et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 80:2931, 1983; Measurement of mouse and human interleukin 6, Nordan, R. In Current Protocols in Immunology. Coligan eds. Vol 1 pp. 6.6.1-6.6.5, John Wiley and Sons, Toronto. 1991; Smith et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 83: 1857, 1986; Measurement of human Interleukin 11, Bennett et al, In Current Protocols in Immunology. Coligan eds. Vol 1 pp. 6.15.1 John Wiley and Sons, Toronto. 1991; Measurement of mouse and human Interleukin 9, Ciarletta et al, In Current Protocols in Immunology. Coligan eds. Vol 1 pp. 6.13.1, John Wiley and Sons, Toronto. 1991.
Assays for T-cell clone responses to antigens (which will identify, among others, polypeptides that affect APC-T cell interactions as well as direct T-cell effects by measuring proliferation and cytokine production) include, without limitation, those described in: Current Protocols in Immunology, Coligan eds., Pub. Greene Publishing Associates and Wiley- Interscience (Chapter 3, In vitro assays for Mouse Lymphocyte Function; Chapter 6, Cytokines and their cellular receptors; Chapter 7, Immunologic studies in Humans); Weinberger et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:6091, 1980; Weinberger et al, Eur. J. Immun. 11:405, 1981; Takai et al, J. Immunol. 137:3494, 1986; Takai et al, J. Immunol. 140:508, 1988.
Assays for thymocyte or splenocyte cytotoxicity include, without limitation, Current Protocols in Immunology, Coligan eds., Pub. Greene Publishing Associates and Wiley- Interscience (In vitro assays for Mouse Lymphocyte Function pp. 3.1-3.19; Chapter 7, Immunologic studies in Humans); Herrmann et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 78:2488, 1981; Herrmann et al, J.Immunol. 128:1968, 1982; Handa et al, J.Immunol. 135:1564, 1985; Takai et al, J.Immunol. 137:3494, 1986; Takai et al, J.Immunol. 140:508, 1988; Bowman et al, J.Virol. 61:1992; Bertagnolli et al, Cell. Imm. 133:327, 1991; Brown et al, J.Immun. 153:3079, 1994.
Assays for T-cell-dependent IgG responses and isotype switching (which will identify, among others, polypeptides that modulate T-cell dependent antibody responses and that affect Thl/Th2 profiles) include, without limitation, those described in: Maliszewski, J. Immunol.
144:3028, 1990; and Assays for B cell function: In vitro antibody production, Mond, J. J. and
Brunswick, M. In Current Protocols in Immunology. Coligan eds. Vol 1 pp. 3.8.1-3.8.16, Wiley and Sons, Toronto. 1994. Mixed lymphocyte reaction (MLR) assays (which will identify, among others, polypeptides that generate predominantly Thl and CTL responses) include, without limitation, those described in: Current Protocols in Immunology, Coligan eds., Pub. Greene Publishing
Associates and Wiley-Interscience (In vitro assays for Mouse Lymphocyte Function pp 3.1-3.19;
Chapter 7, Immunologic studies in Humans); Takai et al, 1986, supra; Takai et al, 1988, supra; Bertagnolli et al , J. Immunol. 149:3778, 1992.
Dendritic cell-dependent assays (which will identify, among others, polypeptides expressed by dendritic cells that activate naive T-cells) include, without limitation, those described in: Guery et al, J. Immunol. 134:536, 1995; Inaba et al, J. of Exp. Med. 173:549, 1991;
Macatonia et al, J. Immunol. 154:5071, 1995; Porgador et al, J. of Exp. Med. 182:255, 1995; Nair et al, J. Virol. 67:4062, 1993; Huang et al, Science 264:961, 1994; Macatonia et al, J. of
Exp. Med. 169:1255, 1989; Bhardwaj et al, J. Clin. Invest. 94:797, 1994; and Inaba et al, J. of
Exp. Med. 172:631, 1990.
Assays for lymphocyte survival/apoptosis (which will identify, among others, polypeptides that prevent apoptosis after superantigen induction and polypeptides that regulate lymphocyte homeostasis) include, without limitation, those described in: Darzynkiewicz et al,
Cytometry 13:795, 1992; Gorczyca et al, Leukemia 7:659, 1993; Gorczyca et al, Cancer
Research 53:1945, 1993; Itoh et al, Cell 66:233, 1991; Zacharchuk, J. Immunol. 145:4037, 1990;
Zamai et al, Cytometry 14:891, 1993; Gorczyca et al, Int. J. of Oncology 1:639, 1992.
Assays for polypeptides that influence early steps of T-cell commitment and development include, without limitation, those described in: Antica et al, Blood 84:111, 1994; Fine et al, Cell.
Immunol. 155: 111, 1994; Galy et al, Blood 85:2770, 1995; Toki et al, Proc. Nat. Acad Sci. USA
88:7548, 1991.
Assays for embryonic stem cell differentiation (which will identify, among others, polypeptides that influence embryonic differentiation hematopoiesis) include, without limitation, those described in: Johansson et al. Cell. Biol. 15: 141, 1995; Keller et al, Mol. and Cell. Biol.
13:473, 1993; McClanahan et al, Blood 81:2903, 1993.
Assays for stem cell survival and differentiation (which will identify, among others, polypeptides that regulate lympho-hematopoiesis) include, without limitation, those described in:
Methylcellulose colony forming assays, Freshney, M. G. In Culture of Hematopoietic Cells. R. I. Freshney, et al. eds. Vol pp. 265-268, Wiley-Liss, Inc., New York, N.Y. 1994; Hirayama et al,
Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5907-5911, 1992; Primitive hematopoietic colony forming cells with high proliferative potential, McNiece, I. K. and Briddell, R. A. In Culture of Hematopoietic Cells. R. I. Freshney, et al eds. Vol pp. 23-39, Wiley-Liss, Inc., New York, N.Y. 1994; Neben et al, Exp. Hematol. 22:353, 1994; Cobblestone area forming cell assay, Ploemacher, In Culture of Hematopoietic Cells. Freshney, et al. eds. Vol pp. 1-21, Wiley-Liss, Inc., New York, N.Y. 1994; Long term bone marrow cultures in the presence of stromal cells, Spooncer et al. In Culture of Hematopoietic Cells. Freshney, et al eds. Vol pp. 163-179, Wiley-Liss, Inc., New York, N.Y. 1994; Long term culture initiating cell assay, Sutherland, In Culture of Hematopoietic Cells. Freshney, et al eds. Vol pp. 139-162, Wiley-Liss, ie, New York, N.Y. 1994.
Assays for tissue generation activity include, without limitation, those described in: Patent Publication No. WO95/16035 (bone, cartilage, tendon); Patent Publication No. WO95/05846 (nerve, neuronal); Patent Publication No. WO91/07491 (skin, endothelium). Assays for wound healing activity include, without limitation, those described in: Winter, Epidermal Wound Healing, pps. 71-112 (Maibach, and Rovee, eds.), Year Book Medical Publishers, Inc., Chicago, as modified by Eaglstein and Mertz, J. Invest. Dermatol 71:382-84 (1978).
Assays for activin/inhibin activity include, without limitation, those described in: Vale et al, Endocrinol. 91:562, 1972; Ling et al, Nature 321:779, 1986; Vale et al, Nature 321:776, 1986; Mason et al, Nature 318:659, 1985; Forage et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:3091, 1986.
Assays for cell movement and adhesion include, without limitation, those described in: Current Protocols in Immunology, Coligan eds., Pub. Greene Publishing Associates and Wiley- Interscience (Chapter 6.12, Measurement of and β Chemokines 6.12.1-6.12.28; Taub et al. J. Clin. Invest. 95:1370-1376, 1995; Lind et al. APMIS 103: 140, 1995; Muller et al. Eur. J. Immunol. 25: 1744; Gruber et al. J. Immunol. 152:5860, 1994; Johnston et al. J. Immunol. 153: 1762, 1994.
Assay for hemostatic and thrombolytic activity include, without limitation, those described in: Linet et al, J. Clin. Pharmacol. 26:131, 1986; Burdick et al, Thrombosis Res. 45:413,1987; Humphrey et al, Fibrinolysis 5:71, 1991; Schaub, Prostaglandins 35:467, 1988.
Assays for receptor-ligand activity include, without limitation, those described in: Current Protocols in immunology, Coligan eds., Pub. Greene Publishing Associates and Wiley- Interscience (Chapter 7.28, Measurement of Cellular Adhesion under static conditions 7.28.1- 7.28.22), Takai et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:6864, 1987; Bierer et al, J. Exp. Med. 168:1145, 1988; Rosenstein et al, J. Exp. Med. 169:149, 1989; Stoltenborg et al, J. Immunol. Methods 175:59, 1994; Stitt et al, Cell 80:661, 1995.
Assays for cadherin adhesive and invasive suppressor activity include, without limitation, those described in: Hortsch et al. J Biol. Chem. 270(32): 18809, 1995; Miyaki et al. Oncogene 11: 2547, 1995; Ozawa et al Cell 63:1033, 1990.
A polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide having an MPD sequence provided by the invention can be used for numerous diagnostic or other useful puφoses. A polynucleotide of the invention (e.g., a polynucleotide encoding SEQ ED NO: 1-26 or 27) can be used as markers for tissues in which the corresponding polypeptide is preferentially expressed, as molecular weight markers on Southern gels, as chromosome markers or tags to identify chromosomes or to map related gene positions, to compare with endogenous DNA sequences in subjects to identify potential genetic disorders, as probes to hybridize and thus discover novel related polynucleotides, as a source of information to derive PCR primers for genetic fingeφrinting, as a probe to "subtract-out" known polynucleotides in the process of discovering other novel nucleic acids, as an antigen to raise anti-DNA antibodies or elicit another immune response, and for gene therapy.
Probes and Primers. Among the uses of the disclosed MPD polynucleotides, and combinations of fragments thereof, is the use of fragments as probes or primers. Such fragments generally comprise at least about 17 contiguous nucleotides of a DNA sequence. In other embodiments, a DNA fragment comprises at least 30, or at least 60 contiguous nucleotides of a DNA sequence. The basic parameters affecting the choice of hybridization conditions and guidance for devising suitable conditions are set forth by Sambrook et al, 1989 and are described in detail above. Using knowledge of the genetic code in combination with the amino acid sequences set forth above, sets of degenerate oligonucleotides can be prepared. Such oligonucleotides are useful as primers, e.g., in polymerase chain reactions (PCR), whereby DNA fragments are isolated and amplified, hi certain embodiments, degenerate primers can be used as probes for non-human genetic libraries. Such libraries would include but are not limited to cDNA libraries, genomic libraries, and even electronic EST (express sequence tag) or DNA libraries. Homologous sequences identified by this method would then be used as probes to identify non- human homologues of the MPD sequence identified herein.
Chromosome Mapping. The polynucleotides encoding MPD polypeptides, and the disclosed fragments and combinations of these polynucleotides, can be used by those skilled in the art using known techniques to identify the human chromosome to which these sequences map. Useful techniques include, but are not limited to, using the sequence or portions, including oligonucleotides, as a probe in various known techniques such as radiation hybrid mapping (high resolution), in situ hybridization to chromosome spreads (moderate resolution), and Southern blot hybridization to hybrid cell lines containing individual human chromosomes (low resolution). The following web site provides additional information about radiation hybrid mapping: www-genome.wi.mit.edu/ftp/distribution/human_STS_releases/july97/07-97.INTRO.html.
A polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide having an MPD polypeptide sequence of the invention, and the disclosed fragments and combinations of these polynucleotides can be used to analyze abnormalities associated with the genes corresponding to MPD polypeptides. This enables one to distinguish conditions in which this marker is rearranged or deleted. In addition, polynucleotides of the invention or a fragment thereof can be used as a positional marker to map other genes of unknown location. The polynucleotide can be used in developing treatments for any disorder mediated (directly or indirectly) by defective, or insufficient amounts of, genes (e.g., an MPD-associated disorder) corresponding to the polynucleotides of the invention. The polynucleotides and associated sequences disclosed herein permit the detection of defective genes, and the replacement thereof with normal genes. Defective genes can be detected in in vitro diagnostic assays, and by comparison of the polynucleotide sequences disclosed herein with that of a gene derived from a subject suspected of harboring a defect in this gene or having an MPD- associated disorder.
Uses of MPD polypeptides and peptide fragments thereof include, but are not limited to, the following: delivery agents; therapeutic and research reagents; molecular weight and isoelectric focusing markers; controls for peptide fragmentation; identification of unknown polypeptides; and preparation of antibodies.
The MPD polypeptides (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1-26 or 27) of the invention can be used as polypeptide purification reagents. For example, MPD polypeptides can be attached to a solid support material and used to purify its binding partners (e.g., an integrin molecule) by affinity chromatography. In particular embodiments, a polypeptide is attached to a solid support by conventional procedures. As one example, chromatography columns containing functional groups that will react with amino acid side chains of polypeptides are available (Pharmacia Biotech, Inc., Piscataway, NJ). In an alternative, an MPD-Fc polypeptide is attached to Polypeptide A- or Polypeptide G-containing chromatography columns through interaction with the Fc moiety. The polypeptide also finds use in purifying or identifying cells that express a binding partner on the cell surface. Polypeptides are bound to a solid phase such as a column chromatography matrix or a similar suitable substrate. For example, magnetic microspheres can be coated with the polypeptides and held in an incubation vessel through a magnetic field. Suspensions of cell mixtures containing the binding partner expressing cells are contacted with the solid phase having the polypeptides thereon. Cells expressing the binding partner on the cell surface bind to the polypeptides on the solid phase, and unbound cells then are washed away. Alternatively, the polypeptides can be conjugated to a detectable moiety, then incubated with cells to be tested for binding partner expression. After incubation, unbound-labeled matter is removed and the presence or absence of the detectable moiety on the cells is determined. Carriers and Delivery Agents. The polypeptides also find use as carriers for delivering agents attached thereto to cells bearing identified binding partners (e.g., an integrin). The polypeptides thus can be used to deliver diagnostic or therapeutic agents to such cells in in vitro or in vivo procedures. Detectable (diagnostic) and therapeutic agents that can be attached to a polypeptide include, but are not limited to, toxins, other cytotoxic agents, drugs, radionuclides, chromophores, enzymes that catalyze a colorimetric or fluorometric reaction, and the like, with the particular agent being chosen according to the intended application. Among the toxins are ricin, abrin, diphtheria toxin, Pseudomonas aeruginosa exotoxin A, ribosomal inactivating polypeptides, mycotoxins such as trichothecenes, and derivatives and fragments (e.g., single chains) thereof. Radionuclides suitable for diagnostic use include, but are not limited to, 123I, 1311, 99mTc, mIn, and 76Br. Examples of radionuclides suitable for therapeutic use are 131I, 211At, 77Br, 186Re, 188Re, 212Pb, 12Bi, 109Pd, 64Cu, and 67Cu. Such agents can be attached to the polypeptide by any suitable conventional procedure. The polypeptide comprises functional groups on amino acid side chains that can be reacted with functional groups on a desired agent to form covalent bonds, for example. Alternatively, the polypeptide or agent can be derivatized to generate or attach a desired reactive functional group. The derivatization can involve attachment of one of the bifunctional coupling reagents available for attaching various molecules to polypeptides (Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, Illinois). Of particular interest are soluble MPD disintegrins that can be used to target cells expressing a binding partner for the MPD disintegrin moiety (e.g., an integrin). Such soluble MPD disintegrins can be used to target reagents to cells expressing, for example, the disintegrin' s cognate integrin. Similarly, and as discussed more fully below, antibodies specific for an MPD polypeptide can be labeled with a diagnostic or therapeutic agent and used to target the diagnostic or therapeutic to cells expressing an MPD polypeptide.
MPD polypeptides and MPD fragments (e.g., fragments having disintegrin and/or metalloproteinase activity) can be employed in modulating a biological activity of an ADAM polypeptide, particularly MPD polypeptide, in in vitro or in vivo procedures. Encompassed within the invention are domains of MPD polypeptides that act as modulators of native ADAM polypeptide function, including native MPD activity, when expressed as fragments or as components of fusion polypeptides. For example, a substantially purified polypeptide domain of the invention can be used to inhibit binding of an MPD polypeptide to endogenous binding partners. Such use effectively would block MPD interactions and inhibit MPD activities. In still another aspect of the invention, a soluble form of an MPD binding partner (e.g., a soluble integrin domain) is used to bind to, and competitively inhibit activation of the endogenous MPD polypeptide.
In another embodiment, the invention is directed to methods of inhibiting the binding of an integrin to its ligand, and thereby inhibiting the biological activity of the integrin, comprising contacting the integrin with an effective amount of an MPDdis polypeptide. The invention is further directed to methods of inhibiting endothelial cell migration and methods of inhibiting angiogenesis comprising administering an effective amount of an MPDdis polypeptide. In some embodiments the MPDdis polypeptide is in the form of a multimer, preferably a leucine zipper multimer or Fc polypeptide. Alternatively, substantially purified or modified MPD polypeptides of the invention can be administered to modulate interactions between MPD polypeptides and MPD binding partners that are not membrane-bound.
Antibodies that bind to MPD polypeptides can inhibit MPD polypeptide activity and may act as antagonists. For example, antibodies that specifically bind to one or more epitopes of an MPD polypeptide, or epitope of conserved variants of MPD polypeptides, or fragments can be used to inhibit MPD activity. By "specifically bind" means that an antibody to an MPD polypeptide or fragment thereof will not cross-react with unrelated polypeptides. Preferably such an antibody will not cross-react with other members of the ADAM family. In an alternative aspect, the invention further encompasses the use of agonists of MPD activity to treat or ameliorate the symptoms of a disease for which increased disintegrin activity is beneficial. In a preferred aspect, the invention entails administering compositions comprising an MPD polynucleotide or fragment thereof or a polypeptide comprising an MPD amino acid sequence (e.g., SEQ D NO: 1-26 or 27) or fragment thereof. The administering may be to cells in vitro, to cells ex vivo, to cells in vivo, and/or to a multicellular organism. Preferred therapeutic forms include soluble forms of an MPD having disintegrin activity. Such a soluble MPD disintegrin polypeptide will bind to its binding partner (e.g., an integrin) and stimulate a biological activity associated with the binding partner.
In still another aspect of the invention, the compositions comprise administering a polynucleotide encoding an MPD polypeptide for expression in a host organism for treatment of disease. Particularly preferred in this regard is expression in a human subject for treatment of a dysfunction associated with aberrant (e.g., decreased) endogenous activity of an MPD polypeptide. Furthermore, the invention encompasses the administration of compounds found to increase the endogenous activity of polypeptides comprising an MPD amino acid sequence to cells and/or organisms. One example of compounds that increase MPD polypeptide activity are antibodies that bind to MPD polypeptides, preferably monoclonal antibodies, and increase or stimulate MPD polypeptide activity by causing constitutive intracellular signaling (or "ligand mimicking"), or by preventing the binding of a native inhibitor of MPD polypeptide activity.
Due to the multiplicity and interconnectedness of biological pathways and interactions, an MPD polypeptide, fragment, variant, antagonist, agonist, antibody, and binding partner of the invention can be useful for treating medical conditions and diseases associated with cell-cell and cell matrix interactions (e.g., integrin-mediated disorders), endothelial migration, angiogenesis, inflammation, cancer, allergy, reproductive, neurological and vascular conditions as described further herein. The therapeutic molecule or molecules to be used will depend on the etiology of the condition to be treated and the biological pathways involved, and will consider that different variants, antagonists, and binding partners of MPD polypeptides may have similar or different effects. For example, an MPD polypeptide or fragment thereof may act as an antagonist of a protein processing function of metalloproteinases (e.g., from other members of the ADAM family of polypeptides) by interacting with an ADAM binding partner and preventing the activity of the metalloproteinase upon its substrate. Accordingly, an MPD may modulate protein processing, such as release of growth factors, adhesion proteins, and inflammatory factors. The disclosed MPD polypeptides, fragments thereof, antibodies, compositions and combination therapies described herein are useful in medicines for treating bacterial, viral or protozoal infections, and complications resulting therefrom. Cardiovascular disorders are treatable with the disclosed MPD polypeptides, fragments thereof, antibodies, pharmaceutical compositions or combination therapies, including aortic aneurysms; arteritis; vascular occlusion; complications of coronary by-pass surgery; ischemia/reperfusion injury; heart disease; heart failure; and myocardial infarction. In addition, the MPD polypeptides, fragments thereof, antibodies, compositions and combination therapies of the invention can be used to treat chronic pain conditions, to treat various disorders of the endocrine system, conditions of the gastrointestinal system, disorders of the genitourinary system, and anemias and hematological disorders.
Due to the role of integrins (e.g., o^ 53, GCvβs, βi, β4, cci, a2, a3, a , as, and α6 integrins) in cell proliferative disorders, including cancer and cancer cell metastasis, also provided herein are methods for using MPD polypeptides, fragments thereof, antibodies, compositions or combination therapies to treat various hematologic and oncologic disorders. For example, soluble MPD disintegrin domains can be used to treat various forms of cancer, including acute myelogenous leukemia, Epstein-Barr virus-positive nasopharyngeal carcinoma, glioma, colon, stomach, prostate, renal cell, cervical and ovarian cancers, lung cancer (SCLC and NSCLC), including cancer- associated cachexia, fatigue, asthenia, paraneoplastic syndrome of cachexia, and hypercalcemia by modulating integrin-associated interactions. Additional diseases treatable with the polypeptides, fragments, antibodies, compositions or combination therapies of the invention are solid tumors, including sarcoma, osteosarcoma, and carcinoma, such as adenocarcinoma (e.g., breast cancer) and squamous cell carcinoma. Administration of a soluble MPD disintegrin domain can modulate cell-cell and cell-matrix interactions of such tumor cells and/or modulate the angiogenesis and blood supply to such tumors.
In addition, the MPD polypeptides, fragments thereof, compositions or combination therapies are useful for treating leukemia, including acute myelogenous leukemia, chronic or acute lymphoblastic leukemia and hairy cell leukemia. Other malignancies with invasive metastatic potential that can be treated with the MPD polypeptides, fragments, antibodies, compositions and combination therapies, include multiple myeloma, various lymphoproliferative disorders such as autoimmune lymphoproliferative syndrome (ALPS), chronic lymphoblastic leukemia, hairy cell leukemia, chronic lymphatic leukemia, peripheral T-cell lymphoma, small lymphocytic lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, follicular lymphoma, Burkitt's lymphoma, Epstein-Barr virus- positive T cell lymphoma, histiocytic lymphoma, Hodgkin's disease, diffuse aggressive lymphoma, acute lymphatic leukemias, T gamma lymphoproliferative disease, cutaneous B cell lymphoma, cutaneous T cell lymphoma (i.e., mycosis fungoides), and Sezary syndrome. A combination of at least one MPD polypeptide, fragment thereof, or antibody, and one or more anti-angiogenesis factors or other therapeutic agent(s) may be administered to the subject. The additional therapeutic agent(s) may be administered prior to, concurrently with, or following the administration of the MPD polypeptide, fragment thereof, or antibody. The use of more than one therapeutic agent is particularly advantageous when the subject that is being treated has a solid tumor. In some embodiments of the invention, the treatment further comprises treating the mammal with radiation. Radiation, including brachytherapy and teletherapy, may be administered prior to, concurrently with, or following the administration of the MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner and/or additional therapeutic agent(s). In some embodiments the method includes the administration of, in addition to a MPD polypeptide, fragment thereof, or antibody, one or more therapeutics selected from the group consisting of alkylating agents, antimetabolites, vinca alkaloids and other plant-derived chemotherapeutics, antitumor antibiotics, antitumor enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, platinum analogs, adrenocortical suppressants, hormones and antihormones, antibodies, immunotherapeutics, radiotherapeutics, and biological response modifiers.
In some embodiments the method includes administration of, in addition to an MPD polypeptide, fragment thereof, or antibody, one or more therapeutics selected from the group consisting of cisplatin, cyclophosphamide, mechloretamine, melphalan, bleomycin, carboplatin, fluorouracil, 5-fluorodeoxyuridine, methotrexate, taxol, asparaginase, vincristine, and vinblastine, lymphokines and cytokines such as interleukins, interferons (α, β or δ) and TNF, chlorambucil, busulfan, carmustine, lomustine, semustine, streptozocin, dacarbazine, cytarabine, mercaptopurine, thioguanine, vindesine, etoposide, teniposide, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, bleomycin, plicamycin, mitomycin, L-asparaginase, hydroxyurea, methylhydrazine, mitotane, tamoxifen, fluoxymesterone, E -8 inhibitors, angiostatin, endostatin, kringle 5, angiopoietin-2 or other antagonists of angiopoietin-1, antagonists of platelet-activating factor, antagonists of basic fibroblast growth factor, and COX-2 inhibitors.
In some embodiments the method includes administration of, in addition to an MPD polypeptide, fragment thereof, or antibody, one or more therapeutic polypeptides, including soluble forms thereof, selected from the group consisting of Flt3 ligand (see, U.S. Patent No. 5,554,512), CD40 ligand (see, U.S. Patent No. 5,716,805), EL-2, EL-12, 4-1BB ligand (see, U.S. Patent No. 5,674,704), anti-4-lBB antibodies, TRAIL, TNF antagonists and TNF receptor antagonists including TNFR/Fc, Tek antagonists, TWEAK antagonists and TWEAK-R (see, U.S. Serial Numbers 60/172,878 and 60/203,347 and Feng et al, Am. J. Pathol. 156(4): 1253) antagonists including TWEAK-R/Fc, VEGF antagonists including anti-VEGF antibodies, VEGF receptor (including VEGF-Rl and VEGF-R2, also known as Fltl and Flkl or KDR) antagonists, CD148 (also referred to as DEP-1, ECRTP, and PTPRJ, see Takahashi et al, J. Am. Soc. Nephrol. 10:2135-45, 1999; and PCT Publication No. WO 00/15258, 23 March 2000) binding proteins, and nectin-3 (see, Satoh-Horikawa et al, J. Biol. Chem. 275(14): 10291, 2000; GenBank accession numbers of human nectin-3 nucleic acid and polypeptide sequences are AF282874 and AAF97597, respectively) antagonists.
In some preferred embodiments an MPD polypeptide, fragment thereof, or antibody of the invention is used as a component of, or in combination with, "metronomic therapy," such as that described by Browder et al. and Klement et al. (Cancer Research 60:1878, 2000; J. Clin. Invest. 105(8):R15, 2000; see also Barinaga, Science 288:245, 2000).
This invention provides compounds, compositions, and methods for treating a subject, preferably a mammalian subject, and most preferably a human subject, who is suffering from a medical disorder and in particular, an MPD-associated disorder. Such MPD-associated disorders include conditions caused (directly or indirectly) or exacerbated by binding between a polypeptide having an MPD sequence and its binding partner (e.g., an integrin). For puφoses of this disclosure, the terms "illness," "disease," "disorder," "medical condition," "abnormal condition" and the like are used interchangeably with the term "medical disorder." The terms "treat", "treating", and "treatment" used herein include curative, preventative (e.g., prophylactic) and palliative or ameliorative treatment. For such therapeutic uses, MPD polypeptides and fragments, MPD polynucleotides encoding an MPD polypeptide, and/or agonists or antagonists of the MPD polypeptide such as antibodies can be administered to the subject in need through known means. Compositions of the invention can contain a polypeptide in any form described herein, such as native polypeptides, variants, derivatives, oligomers, and biologically active fragments. In particular embodiments, the composition comprises a soluble polypeptide or an oligomer comprising soluble MPD polypeptides (e.g., a soluble MPD disintegrin domain).
In practicing the method of treatment or use of the invention, a therapeutically effective amount of a therapeutic agent of the invention is administered to a subject having a condition to be treated, preferably to treat or ameliorate diseases associated with the activity of an MPD polypeptide. "Therapeutic agent" includes without limitation any MPD polypeptide, fragment, and variant; polynucleotide encoding an MPD polypeptide, fragment, and variant; agonists or antagonists of the an MPD polypeptide such as antibodies; an MPD polypeptide binding partner; complexes formed from an MPD polypeptide, fragment, variant, and binding partner, and the like. As used herein, the term "therapeutically effective amount" means the total amount of each therapeutic agent or other active component of the pharmaceutical composition or method that is sufficient to show a meaningful subject benefit, e.g., treatment, healing, prevention or amelioration of the relevant medical condition, or an increase in rate of treatment, healing, prevention or amelioration of such conditions. When applied to an individual therapeutic agent or active ingredient, administered alone, the term refers to that ingredient alone. When applied to a combination, the term refers to combined amounts of the ingredients that result in the therapeutic effect, whether administered in combination, serially or simultaneously. As used herein, the phrase "administering a therapeutically effective amount" of a therapeutic agent means that the subject is treated with said therapeutic agent in an amount and for a time sufficient to induce an improvement, and preferably a sustained improvement, in at least one indicator that reflects the severity of the disorder. An improvement is considered "sustained" if the subject exhibits the improvement on at least two occasions separated by one or more weeks. The degree of improvement is determined based on signs or symptoms, and determinations may also employ questionnaires that are administered to the subject, such as quality-of-life questionnaires. Various indicators that reflect the extent of the subject's illness may be assessed for determining whether the amount and time of the treatment is sufficient. The baseline value for the chosen indicator or indicators is established by examination of the subject prior to administration of the first dose of the therapeutic agent. Preferably, the baseline examination is done within about 60 days of administering the first dose. If the therapeutic agent is being administered to treat acute symptoms, the first dose is administered as soon as practically possible after the injury has occurred. Improvement is induced by administering therapeutic agents such as an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner until the subject manifests an improvement over baseline for the chosen indicator or indicators. In treating chronic conditions, this degree of improvement is obtained by repeatedly administering this medicament over a period of at least a month or more, e.g., for one, two, or three months or longer, or indefinitely. A period of one to six weeks, or even a single dose, often is sufficient for treating acute conditions. Although the extent of the subject's illness after treatment may appear improved according to one or more indicators, treatment may be continued indefinitely at the same level or at a reduced dose or frequency. Once treatment has been reduced or discontinued, it later may be resumed at the original level if symptoms should reappear.
One skilled in the art will recognize that suitable dosages will vary, depending upon such factors as the nature and severity of the disorder to be treated, the subject's body weight, age, general condition, and prior illnesses and/or treatments, and the route of administration. Preliminary doses can be determined according to animal tests, and the scaling of dosages for human administration is performed according to art-accepted practices such as standard dosing trials. For example, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. The dosage will depend on the specific activity of the compound and can be readily determined by routine experimentation. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture, while minimizing tonicities. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Ultimately, the attending physician will decide the amount of polypeptide of the invention with which to treat each individual subject. Initially, the attending physician will administer low doses of polypeptide of the invention and observe the subject's response. Larger doses of polypeptide of the invention may be administered until the optimal therapeutic effect is obtained for the subject, and at that point the dosage is not increased further. It is contemplated that the various pharmaceutical compositions used to practice the method of the invention should contain about 0.01 ng to about 100 mg (preferably about 0.1 ng to about 10 mg, more preferably about 0.1 microgram to about 1 mg) of a polypeptide of the invention per kg body weight. In one embodiment of the invention, an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner is administered one time per week to treat the various medical disorders disclosed herein. In another embodiment polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner is administered at least two times per week and in another embodiment at least three times per week. If injected, the effective amount of an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner per adult dose ranges from 1-20 mg/m2, and preferably is about 5-12 mg/m2. Alternatively, a flat dose may be administered whose amount may range from 5-100 mg/dose. Exemplary dose ranges for a flat dose to be administered by subcutaneous injection are 5-25 mg/dose, 25-50 mg/dose and 50-100 mg/dose. In one embodiment of the invention, the various indications described herein are treated by administering a preparation acceptable for injection containing an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner at 25 mg/dose, or alternatively, containing 50 mg per dose. The 25 mg or 50 mg dose may be administered repeatedly, particularly for chronic conditions. If a route of administration other than injection is used, the dose is appropriately adjusted in accord with standard medical practices. In many instances, an improvement in a subject's condition will be obtained by injecting a dose of about 25 mg of an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner one to three times per week over a period of at least three weeks, or a dose of 50 mg of an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner one or two times per week for at least three weeks (a treatment for longer periods may be necessary to induce the desired degree of improvement). For incurable chronic conditions, the regimen may be continued indefinitely, with adjustments being made to dose and frequency if such are deemed necessary by the subject's physician. The foregoing doses are examples for an adult subject who is a person who is 18 years of age or older. For pediatric subjects (age 4-17), a suitable regimen involves the subcutaneous injection of 0.4 mg/kg, up to a maximum dose of 25 mg of an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner, administered by subcutaneous injection one or more times per week. If an antibody against an MPD polypeptide is used as an MPD polypeptide antagonist, a preferred dose range is 0.1 to 20 mg/kg, and more preferably is 1-10 mg/kg. Another preferred dose range for an anti-MPD polypeptide antibody is 0.75 to 7.5 mg/kg of body weight. Humanized antibodies are preferred. Such antibodies may be injected or administered intravenously. Compositions comprising an effective amount of an MPD polypeptide of the invention
(from whatever source derived, including without limitation from recombinant and non- recombinant sources), in combination with other components such as a physiologically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient, are provided herein. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable" means a non-toxic material that does not interfere with the effectiveness of the biological activity of the active ingredient(s). Formulations suitable for administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents or thickening agents. The polypeptides can be formulated according to known methods used to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions. They can be combined in admixture, either as the sole active material or with other known active materials suitable for a given indication, with pharmaceutically acceptable diluents (e.g., saline, Tris-HCl, acetate, and phosphate buffered solutions), preservatives (e.g., thimerosal, benzyl alcohol, parabens), emulsifiers, solubilizers, adjuvants and/or carriers. Suitable formulations for pharmaceutical compositions include those described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16th ed. 1980, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA. hi some embodiments the polypeptide may undergo pegylation to assist in adsoφtion or uptake. For example, such compositions can be complexed with polyethylene glycol (PEG), metal ions, or incoφorated into polymeric compounds such as polyacetic acid, polyglycolic acid, hydrogels, dextran, and the like, or incoφorated into liposomes, microemulsions, micelles, unilamellar or multilamellar vesicles, erythrocyte ghosts or spheroblasts. Suitable lipids for liposomal formulation include, without limitation, monoglycerides, diglycerides, sulfatides, lysolecithin, phospholipids, saponin, bile acids, and the like. Preparation of such liposomal formulations is within the level of skill in the art, as disclosed, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 4,235,871; U.S. Pat. No. 4,501,728; U.S. Pat. No. 4,837,028; and U.S. Pat. No. 4,737,323, all of which are incoφorated herein by reference. Such compositions will influence the physical state, solubility, stability, rate of in vivo release, and rate of in vivo clearance, and are thus chosen according to the intended application, so that the characteristics of the carrier will depend on the selected route of administration, i one preferred embodiment of the invention, sustained-release forms of an MPD polypeptide are used. Sustained-release forms suitable for use in the disclosed methods include, but are not limited to, an MPD polypeptide that is encapsulated in a slowly-dissolving biocompatible polymer (such as the alginate microparticles described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,036,978), admixed with such a polymer (including topically applied hydrogels), and or encased in a biocompatible semi-permeable implant.
An MPD polypeptide of the invention may be active in multimers (e.g., heterodimers or homodimers) or complexes with itself or other polypeptides. As a result, pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may comprise a polypeptide of the invention in such multimeric or complexed form. The pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be in the form of a complex of the polypeptide(s) of invention. The invention further includes the administration of an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner concurrently with one or more other drugs that are administered to the same subject in combination, each drug being administered according to a regimen suitable for that medicament. "Concurrent administration" encompasses simultaneous or sequential treatment with the components of the combination, as well as regimens in which the drugs are alternated, or wherein one component is administered long-term and the other(s) are administered intermittently. Components may be administered in the same or in separate compositions, and by the same or different routes of administration. Examples of components that may be included in the pharmaceutical composition of the invention are cytokines, lymphokines, or other hematopoietic factors such as: M-CSF, GM-CSF, TNF, IL-1, IL- 2, E -3, IL4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, I -10, IL-11, D -12, E -13, EL-14, IL-15, EL-17, E -18, EFN, TNFO, TNF1, TNF2, G-CSF, Meg-CSF, thrombopoietin, stem cell factor, and erythropoietin. The pharmaceutical composition may further contain other agents that either enhance the activity of the polypeptide or compliment its activity or use in treatment. Such additional factors and/or agents may be included in the pharmaceutical composition to produce a synergistic effect with a polypeptide of the invention, or to minimize side effects. Conversely, an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner of the invention may be included in formulations with a particular cytokine, lymphokine, other hematopoietic factor, thrombolytic or anti-thrombotic factor, or anti-inflammatory agent to minimize side effects of the cytokine, lymphokine, other hematopoietic factor, thrombolytic or anti-thrombotic factor, or anti-inflammatory agent. Additional examples of drugs to be administered concurrently include but are not limited to antivirals, antibiotics, analgesics, corticosteroids, antagonists of inflammatory cytokines, non- steroidal anti-inflammatories, pentoxifylline, thalidomide, and disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs (DMARDs) such as azathioprine, cyclophosphamide, cyclosporine, hydroxychloroquine sulfate, methotrexate, leflunomide, minocycline, penicillamine, sulfasalazine and gold compounds such as oral gold, gold sodium thiomalate, and aurothioglucose. Additionally, an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner may be combined with a second MPD polypeptide, antibody against an MPD polypeptide, or an MPD polypeptide-derived peptide that acts as a competitive inhibitor of a native an MPD polypeptide.
Any efficacious route of administration may be used to therapeutically administer an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner thereof, including those compositions comprising MPD polynucleotides. Parenteral administration includes injection, for example, via intra-articular, intravenous, intramuscular, intralesional, intraperitoneal or subcutaneous routes by bolus injection or by continuous infusion. Other routes include localized administration, e.g., at a site of disease or injury. Other suitable means of administration include sustained release from implants; aerosol inhalation and/or insufflation; eyedrops; vaginal or rectal suppositories; buccal preparations; oral preparations, including pills, syrups, lozenges or chewing gum; and topical preparations such as lotions, gels, sprays, ointments or other suitable techniques. Alternatively, MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner may be delivered by implanting cells that express the polypeptide, for example, by implanting cells that express an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner. Cells may also be cultured ex vivo in the presence of polypeptides of the invention in order to proliferate or to produce a desired effect on or activity in such cells. Treated cells can then be introduced in vivo for therapeutic puφoses. In another embodiment, the subject's own cells are induced to produce an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner by transfection in vivo or ex vivo with a polynucleotide that encodes an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner. The polynucleotide can be introduced into the subject's cells, for example, by injecting naked DNA or liposome-encapsulated DNA that encodes an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner, or by other means of transfection. Polynucleotides of the invention may also be administered to subjects by other known methods for introduction of nucleic acids into a cell or organism (including, without limitation, in the form of viral vectors).
When a therapeutically effective amount of an MPD polypeptide, fragment thereof, antibody, or binding partner of the invention is administered orally, the polypeptide will typically be in the form of a tablet, capsule, powder, solution or elixir. When administered in tablet form, the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may additionally contain a solid carrier such as a gelatin or an adjuvant. The tablet, capsule, and powder contain from about 5 to 95% a polypeptide of the invention, and preferably from about 25 to 90% a polypeptide of the invention. When administered in liquid form, a liquid carrier such as water, petroleum, oils of animal or plant origin such as peanut oil, mineral oil, soybean oil, or sesame oil, or synthetic oils may be added. The liquid form of the pharmaceutical composition may further contain physiological saline solution, dextrose or other saccharide solution, or glycols such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol. When administered in liquid form, the pharmaceutical composition contains from about 0.5 to 90% by weight of a polypeptide of the invention, and preferably from about 1 to 50% a polypeptide of the invention.
When a therapeutically effective amount of an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or binding agent of the invention is administered by intravenous, cutaneous or subcutaneous injection, the polypeptide will be in the form of a pyrogen-free, parenterally acceptable aqueous solution. The preparation of such parenterally acceptable polypeptide solutions, having due regard to pH, isotonicity, stability, and the like, is within the skill in the art. A preferred pharmaceutical composition for intravenous, cutaneous, or subcutaneous injection should contain, in addition to a polypeptide of the invention, an isotonic vehicle such as Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Injection, Dextrose Injection, Dextrose and Sodium Chloride Injection, Lactated Ringer's Injection, or other vehicle as known in the art. The pharmaceutical composition of the invention may also contain stabilizers, preservatives, buffers, antioxidants, or other additives known to those of skill in the art. The duration of intravenous therapy using the pharmaceutical composition of the invention will vary, depending on the severity of the disease being treated and the condition and potential idiosyncratic response of each individual subject. It is contemplated that the duration of each application of a polypeptide of the invention will be in the range of 12 to 24 hours of continuous intravenous administration. Ultimately the attending physician will decide on the appropriate duration of intravenous therapy. For compositions of the invention which are useful for tissue repair or regeneration, the therapeutic method includes administering a pyrogen-free, physiologically acceptable form of the composition topically, systematically, locally or in association with an implant or device. Further, the composition may desirably be encapsulated or injected in a viscous form for delivery to the site tissue damage. Additional useful agents may also optionally be included in the composition, as described above, or may be administered simultaneously or sequentially with the composition in the methods of the invention. The compositions can include a matrix capable of delivering the polypeptide-containing composition to the site tissue damage, providing a structure for the developing tissue and optimally capable of being resorbed into the body. The choice of matrix material is based on biocompatibility, biodegradability, mechanical properties, cosmetic appearance and interface properties. Potential matrices for the compositions include calcium sulfate, tricalciumphosphate, hydroxyapatite, polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid and polyanhydrides. Other potential matrices are nonbiodegradable and chemically defined, such as sintered hydroxyapatite, bioglass, aluminates, or other ceramics. Matrices may be comprised of combinations of any of the above mentioned types of material, such as polylactic acid and hydroxyapatite or collagen and tricalciumphosphate. Progress can be monitored by periodic assessment of tissue/bone growth and/or repair, for example, X-rays, histomoφhometric determinations and tetracycline labeling.
In addition to human subjects, compositions comprising an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner is useful in the treatment of disease conditions in non-human animals, such as pets (dogs, cats, birds, primates, and the like), domestic farm animals (horses cattle, sheep, pigs, birds, and the like). In such instances, an appropriate dose may be determined according to the animal's body weight. For example, a dose of 0.2-1 mg/kg may be used. Alternatively, the dose is determined according to the animal's surface area, an exemplary dose ranging from 0.1-20 mg/m2, or more preferably, from 5-12 mg/m2. For small animals, such as dogs or cats, a suitable dose is 0.4 mg/kg. In a one embodiment, an MPD polypeptide, fragment, antibody, or MPD binding partner (preferably constructed from genes derived from the same species as the subject), is administered by injection or other suitable route one or more times per week until the animal's condition is improved, or it may be administered indefinitely.
The invention also relates to the use an MPD polypeptide, fragment, and variant; polynucleotide encoding an MPD polypeptide, fragment, and variant; agonists or antagonists of an MPD polypeptide such as antibodies; an MPD polypeptide binding partner; complexes formed from an MPD polypeptide, fragment, variant, and binding partner, and the like, in the manufacture of a medicament for the prevention or therapeutic treatment of a disease or disorder.
Further encompassed by the invention are systems and methods for analyzing MPD polypeptides comprising identifying and/or characterizing one or more MPD polypeptides, encoding nucleic acids, and corresponding genes, these systems and methods preferably comprising a data set representing a set of one or more MPD molecules, or the use thereof. Accordingly, the invention provides a computer readable medium having stored thereon a member selected from the group consisting of a polypeptide comprising a sequence as set forth in SEQ ED Nos: 1-26, or 27; and a set of polypeptide sequences wherein at least one of said sequences comprises a sequence as set forth in SEQ ID Nos: 1-27.
One embodiment of the invention comprises a computing environment and a plurality of algorithms selectively executed to analyze a polypeptide or polynucleotide of the invention. Examples of analyses of an ADAM polypeptide include, without limitation, displaying the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide in the set, comparing the amino acid sequence of one polypeptide in the set to the amino acid sequence of another polypeptide in the set, predicting the structure of a polypeptide in the set, determining the nucleotide sequences of nucleic acids encoding a polypeptide in the set, and identifying a gene corresponding to a polypeptide in the set.
Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. All headings and subheading provided herein are solely for ease of reading and should not be construed to limit the invention. The terms "a", "an" and "the" as used herein are meant to encompass the plural unless the context clearly dictates the singular form. Although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the invention, suitable methods and materials are described below. All publications, patent applications, patents, and other references mentioned herein are incoφorated by reference in their entirety, i case of conflict, the present specification, including definitions, will control. In addition, the materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and not intended to be limiting.
The following examples are intended to illustrate particular embodiments and not to limit the scope of the invention.
EXAMPLE 1 Identification of MPD Polypeptides A data set was received from Celera Genomics (Rockville, Maryland) containing amino acid sequences predicted to be encoded by the human genome. This data set was searched using a BLAST algorithm to identify ADAM family polypeptides. The polypeptides set forth in Figure 1 were identified as having substantially homology to metalloproteinase-disintegrin polypeptides, including the ADAM family of polypeptides. EXAMPLE 2 RACE Analysis
Polynucleotides encoding an MPD polypeptide are identified by rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) analysis. All RACE products are cloned into vectors and sequenced. Sequence analysis of the RACE products provides a number of clones having substantially identical sequences. RACE Analysis kits are available from a number of companies including Roche Molecular Systems. Primers were designed based upon consensus sequences found by RACE product comparison. A primer pair comprising nucleotides reverse transcribed from the polypeptide sequences of Figure 1 are used to PCR amplify a cDNA library from lymph node cells, bone marrow cells, as well as other cell types known in the art. The resulting PCR products are cloned and sequenced using standard protocols.
An analysis of the MPD sequences provided in Figure 1 demonstrate that all the sequence contain homology to metalloproteinase and/or disintegrin containing proteins, including members of the ADAM family of proteins. For example, SEQ ED Nos:4-5, 10, 14, 21-22, and 25-26 comprise the sequence HexGHxxGxxHD (SEQ ID NO:28) at residues 208 to 219, 15 to 26, 229 to 240, 555 to 566, 3 to 14, 269 to 280, and 154 to 165, respectively. SEQ ID NO:24 comprises a sequence that has substantial identity to the conserved HexGHxxGxxHD motif. Thus, a polypeptide comprising SEQ ED NO: 4, 5, 10, 14, 21, 22, 24, 25, or 26 is predicted to have metalloproteinase activity. SEQ ED Nos:4, 8, 10, 14, 18-19, 21, and 25, as well as some known metalloproteinases, share homology to a sequence comprising LNIx(I/V)(A/V)LVGLE(V/I)WT and thus a polypeptide comprising SEQ ED NO: 4, 8, 10, 14, 18-19, 21, or 25 is predicted to have metalloproteinase activity. The invention also provides SEQ ED Nos:2, 3, 7, 9, 17, 20, and 27 which have a high degree of homology to the Testicular Metalloproteinase-like, Disintegrin-like, Cysteine rich (TMDC) protein family, including TMDC m, TMDC EVA, and TMDC EVC. Table 1, above, shows the relative identity of representative polypeptides of the invention with TMDC protein family members.
In addition, to the sequences above having homology to TMDC family members, a number of the polypeptides of Figure 1 have homology to the ADAM (A Disintegrin And Metalloproteinase) family of proteins. Such polypeptides include metalloproteinase domains characterized as having the highly conserved HExGHxxGxxHD motif (SEQ ED NO: 28) and/or a LNlx( χA/V)LVGLE(V/ι)WT motif (SEQ ED NO:29). For example, SEQ ID Nos:4, 10, 14, 21, 25, and 26 comprise a sequence from about amino acids residues 65 to 274 of SEQ ED NO:4; 24 to 235 of SEQ ED NO: 10; 85 to 290 of SEQ ID NO: 14; 202 to 411 of SEQ ED NO:21; 123 to 332 of SEQ ED NO:25; and 118 to 215 of SEQ ID NO:26. A number of polypeptides of Figure 1 have homology to disintegrin domain sequences typically characterized as containing a conserved motif having a sequence CGN(G/K)x(L/V)(E/D)x(G/N)EECDCG (SEQ ED NO:30) (herein after the "CGN-GEEC" motif). For example, SEQ D Nos:4, 10, 14, 21, and 24-26 contain the CGN-GEEC motif and thus a polypeptide comprising SEQ ID NO: 4, 10, 14, 21, 24, 25, or 26 is predicted to have disintegrin activity. SEQ ED NO: 11 has a putative CGN-GEEC sequence at residues 43 to 57 and thus a polypeptide comprising SEQ ED NO: 11 is predicted to have disintegrin activity. In addition, ADAM family of proteins are characterized as having a number of conserved cysteine residues in their disintegrin and cysteine-rich domains. For example, SEQ ED Nos:6, 8, 12, 13, 16, and 23, when aligned with a number of ADAM family members (e.g., ADAM 9 (accession no. NP 003807), align with the conserved cysteine residues in the disintegrin domain of such ADAM family members. Table 2, above, provides a summary of the relative domains and residues characterizing the domains of some of the polypeptides of the invention.
Variants of the MPD polypeptide sequences can be identified based upon the sequences provided herein. A number of variants are provided herein. Amino acid substitutions and other alterations (deletions, insertions, and the like) to MPD amino acid sequences are predicted to be more likely to alter or disrupt MPD polypeptide activities if they result in changes to the conserved residues of the amino acid sequences as shown in Figure 1, and particularly if those changes do not substitute an amino acid of similar structure (such as substitution of any one of the aliphatic residues - Ala, Gly, Leu, lie, or Val - for another aliphatic residue). Conversely, if a change is made to an MPD amino acid sequence resulting in substitution of the residue at that position in an alignment from one of the other MPD polypeptide sequences, it is less likely that such an alteration will affect the function of the altered MPD polypeptide.
EXAMPLE 3
Monoclonal Antibodies That Bind Polypeptides of the Invention
A substantially purified MPD polypeptide can be used to generate monoclonal antibodies immunoreactive therewith, using conventional techniques such as those described in U.S. Patent 4,411,993. Mice are immunized with an MPD polypeptide immunogen emulsified in complete Freund's adjuvant, and injected in amounts ranging from 10-100 μg subcutaneously or intraperitoneally. Ten to twelve days later, the immunized animals are boosted with additional MPD polypeptide emulsified in incomplete Freund's adjuvant. Mice are periodically boosted thereafter on a weekly to bi-weekly immunization schedule. Serum samples are periodically taken by retro-orbital bleeding or tail-tip excision to test for an MPD polypeptide antibody by dot blot assay, ELISA (Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay) or inhibition of binding of an MPD polypeptide to an MPD polypeptide binding partner. Following detection of an appropriate antibody titer, positive animals are provided one last intravenous injection of an MPD polypeptide in saline. Three to four days later, the animals are sacrificed, spleen cells harvested, and spleen cells are fused to a murine myeloma cell line, e.g., NS1 or preferably P3x63Ag8.653 (ATCC CRL 1580). Fusions generate hybridoma cells, which are plated in multiple microtiter plates in a HAT (hypoxanthine, aminopterin and thymidine) selective medium to inhibit proliferation of non-fused cells, myeloma hybrids, and spleen cell hybrids.
The hybridoma cells are screened by ELISA for reactivity against a substantially pure MPD polypeptide by adaptations of the techniques disclosed in Engvall et al, (Immunochem. 8:871, 1971) and in U.S. Patent 4,703,004. A preferred screening technique is the antibody capture technique described in Beckmann et al, (J. Immunol. 144:4212, 1990). Positive hybridoma cells can be injected intraperitoneally into syngeneic BALB/c mice to produce ascites containing high concentrations of anti-MPD monoclonal antibody. Alternatively, hybridoma cells can be grown in vitro in flasks or roller bottles by various techniques. Monoclonal antibodies produced in mouse ascites can be purified by ammonium sulfate precipitation, followed by gel exclusion chromatography. Alternatively, affinity chromatography based upon binding of antibody to Polypeptide A or Polypeptide G can also be used, as can chromatography based upon binding to MPD polypeptide.
EXAMPLE 4
Chromosome mapping
The gene corresponding to an MPD polypeptide is mapped using PCR-based mapping strategies. Initial human chromosomal assignments are made using an MPD-specific PCR primers such as those described Example 8 and a BIOS Somatic Cell Hybrid PCRable DNA kit from BIOS Laboratories (New Haven, CT), following the manufacturer's instructions. More detailed mapping is performed using a Genebridge 4 Radiation Hybrid Panel (Research Genetics, Huntsville, AL (see, e.g., Walter, MA et al, Nature Genetics 7:22-28, 1994). Data from this analysis is then submitted electronically to the MIT Radiation Hybrid Mapper (httρ://www- genome.wi.mit.edu/cgi-bin/contig/rhmapper.pl) following the instructions contained therein. This analysis yields specific genetic marker names which, when submitted electronically to NCBI: (ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/genemap), yield the specific chromosome interval.
EXAMPLE 5 Activity of MPD-Disintegrin Polypeptides In a Corneal Pocket Assay To construct a polynucleotide encoding an MPD disintegrin domain fused to an Fc (an
MPDdis-Fc polypeptide), a nucleic acid encoding a disintegrin domain such as amino acid residues of, for example, SEQ EDNO:6; SEQ ED NO:6 from about residue 43 to 148; SEQ ID NO:8 from about residue 1 to 366; SEQ ED NO:8 from about residue 38 to 366; SEQ ED NO: 11; SEQ ED NO: 13; SEQ ED NO: 14 from about residue 1 to 622; SEQ ED NO: 14 from about residue 84 to 622; SEQ ED NO: 14 from about residue 299 to 622; SEQ ID NO: 16; SEQ ED NO:21 from about residue 1 to 701; SEQ ED NO:23; SEQ ED NO:24; SEQ ED NO:24 from about residue 278 to 435; SEQ ID NO:25 from about residue 1 to 627; SEQ ID NO:26; or SEQ ID NO:26 from about residue 224 to 383, beginning with the CGN-GEEC sequence and ending prior to a hydrophobic sequence indicative of a transmembrane domain are fused to a nucleic acid sequence encoding an Fc polypeptide. The construct can use the igKappa leader, which is cleaved by the signal peptidase after the C-terminal G (Glycine) amino acid. The soluble form of the molecule is then predicted to start after this residue. A few residues correspoding to codon(s) of the restiction site can be present at either end of the disintegrin domain used to link a disintegrin domain of to the Fc domain.
A mouse corneal pocket assay is used to quantitate the inhibition of angiogenesis by MPDdis-Fc polypeptides in vivo. In this assay, agents to be tested for angiogenic or anti- angiogenic activity are immobilized in a slow release form in a hydron pellet, which is implanted into micropockets created in the corneal epithelium of anesthetized mice. Vascularization is measured as the appearance, density, and extent of vessel in growth from the vascularized corneal limbus into the normally avascular cornea.
Hydron pellets, as described in Kenyon et al, Invest Opthamol. & Visual Science 37:1625, 1996, incoφorate sucralfate with bFGF (90 ng/pellet), bFGF and IgG (11 μg/pellet, control), or bFGF and a range of concentrations of the agent to be tested (e.g., MPDdis-Fc polypeptide). The pellets are surgically implanted into corneal stromal micropockets created by micro-dissection 1 mm medial to the lateral corneal limbus of 6-8 week old male C57BL mice. After five days, at the peak of neovascular response to bFGF, the corneas are photographed using a Zeiss slit lamp at an incipient angle of 35-50° from the polar axis in the meridian containing the pellet. Images are digitized and processed by subtractive color filters (Adobe Photoshop 4.0) to delineate established microvessels by hemoglobin content. Image analysis software (Bioquant, Nashville, TN) is used to calculate the fraction of the corneal image that is vascularized, the vessel density within the vascularized area, and the vessel density within the total cornea. The inhibition of bFGF-induced corneal angiogenesis, as a function of the dose of MPD disintegrin-Fc polypeptide, is determined.
EXAMPLE 6 Inhibition of Neovascularization by MPD Disintegrin Polypeptides in a Murine Transplant Model
Survival of heterotopically transplanted cardiac tissue from one mouse donor to the ear skin of another genetically similar mouse requires adequate neovascularization by the transplanted heart and the surrounding tissue, to promote survival and energy for cardiac muscle function. Inadequate vasculature at the site of transplant causes excessive ischemia to the heart, tissue damage, and failure of the tissue to engraft. Agents that antagonize factors involved in endothelial cell migration and vessel formation can decrease angiogenesis at the site of transplant, thereby limiting graft tissue function and ultimately engraftment itself. A murine heterotopic cardiac isograft model is used to demonstrate the antagonistic effects of MPDdis-Fc polypeptides on neovascularization.
Female BALB/c (=12 weeks of age) recipients are given neonatal heart grafts from donor mice of the same strain. The donor heart tissue is grafted into the left ear pinnae of the recipient on day 0 and the mice are divided into two groups. The control group receives human IgG (Hu IgG) while the other group receives MPDdis-Fc, both intraperitoneally. The treatments are continued for five consecutive days. The functionality of the grafts is determined by monitoring visible pulsatile activity on days 7 and 14 post-engraftment. The inhibition of functional engraftment, as a function of the dose of MPDdis-Fc, is determined. The histology of the transplanted hearts is examined is order to visualize the effects of MPDdis-Fc on edema at the' site of transplant and host and donor tissue vasculature (using, e.g., Factor VIII staining).
EXAMPLE 7 Treatment of Tumors with MPD Disintegrin (MPDdis) Polypeptides
MPDdis-Fc are tested in animal models of solid tumors. The effect of the MPDdis-Fc is determined by measuring tumor frequency and tumor growth. The biological activity of MPDdis- Fc is also demonstrated in other in vitro, ex vivo, and in vivo assays known in the art, such as calcium mobilization assays and assays to measure platelet activation, recruitment, or aggregation.
EXAMPLE 8 Tissue Expression of MPD Polypeptides
Oligonucleotides corresponding to MPD polypeptide coding region can be used to assess MPD mRNA expression using a panel of human tissue and cell line cDNAs ("MTC cDNA," Clontech). The forward primer and reverse primer are designed to amplify a predicted coding region fragment of a desired length. Tissues and cell lines that expressed MPD mRNA, as evidenced by the presence of an amplified DNA fragment of the desired length are identified. Because an MPD polypeptide of the invention is not expressed in every tissue, the invention provides a method of tissue-typing by utilizing antibodies to the polypeptides of the invention or by utilizing oligonucleotide primers or probes specific for polynucleotides of the invention.
Accordingly, using a forward primer: 5'-CTGCTGCTGTGGCTGGGAGTG-3' (SEQ ED NO:43) and a reverse primer: 5'-GTCATACCCAAATTATGACCAAGCTCAGG-3' (SEQ ED NO:44) the following tissues were found to express an mRNA having a sequence encoding SEQ ED NO: 8: placenta, liver, kidney, pancreas, testis stomach, lyph node, heart, lung, colon adenocarcinoma, fetal liver, fetal lung, fetal spleen, fetal skeletal muscle, fetal thymus, fetal kidney, prostate, thymus, ovary, leukocyte, and esophagus.
Although the foregoing invention has been described in some detail by way of illustration and example for puφoses of clarity of understanding, it will be readily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art in light of the teachings of this invention that certain changes and modifications may be made thereto without departing from the spirit or scope of the appended claims.

Claims

CLAIMSWhat is claimed is:
1. A substantially purified polypeptide comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of:
(a) SEQ ID Nos: 3-4, and 6-27;
(b) fragments of SEQ ED NO:6 having disintegrin activity;
(c) fragments of SEQ ID NO: 8 having disintegrin activity;
(d) fragments of SEQ ED NO: 14 having disintegrin activity;
(e) fragments of SEQ ED NO:24 having metalloproteinase activity;
(f) fragments of SEQ ED NO:24 having disintegrin activity;
(g) SEQ ED NO:6 from about residue 43 to 148; (h) SEQ ED NO:8 from about residue 1 to 366; (i) SEQ ED NO: 8 from about residue 38 to 366; (j) SEQ ED NO: 14 from about residue 1 to 622; (k) SEQ ED NO: 14 from about residue 84 to 622; (1) SEQ ID NO: 14 from about residue 299 to 622; (m) SEQ ED NO:21 from about residue 1 to 701 ; (n) SEQ ID NO:24 from about residue 1 to 277; (o) SEQ ED NO:24 from about residue 278 to 435; (p) SEQ ID NO:25 from about residue 1 to 332; (q) SEQ ED NO:25 from about residue 1 to 627; (r) SEQ ED NO:26 from about residue 1 to 215; (s) SEQ ED NO:26 from about residue 118 to 215;
(t) SEQ ID NO:26 from about residue 224 to 383; and
(u) SEQ ED NO:27 from about residue 29 to 574.
2. A substantially purified polypeptide according to claim 1 having disintegrin activity.
3. A substantially purified polypeptide according to claim 1 having metalloproteinase activity.
4. A substantially purified polypeptide comprising a sequence that is at least 97% homologous to a sequence as set forth in SEQ ED NO:3-4, 6-11, 13-18, 20, or 23-27 wherein the polypeptide has a metalloproteinase or disintegrin activity.
5. A polypeptide of claim 1 linked to a second polypeptide, wherein the second polypeptide is a leucine zipper polypeptide, an Fc polypeptide, or a peptide linker moiety.
6. An isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide of claim 1.
7. An expression vector comprising a polynucleotide of claim 6.
8. A recombinant host cell comprising the polynucleotide of claim 6.
9. A method for producing a polypeptide, comprising culturing the host cell of claim 8 under conditions promoting expression of the polypeptide.
10. A polypeptide produced by culturing the host cell of claim 8 under conditions to promote expression of the polypeptide.
11. A substantially purified antibody that specifically binds to a polypeptide of claim 1.
12. The antibody of claim 11, wherein the antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
13. The antibody of claim 11, wherein the antibody is a human or humanized antibody.
14. A method of designing an inhibitor or binding agent of a polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the steps of determining the three-dimensional structure of the polypeptide, analyzing the three-dimensional structure for binding sites of substrates or ligands, designing a molecule that is predicted to interact with the polypeptide, and determining the inhibitory or binding activity of the molecule.
15. A method for identifying an agent that modulates an activity of a polypeptide, comprising:
(a) contacting the agent with a polypeptide of claim 1 under conditions such that the agent and the polypeptide interact; and
(b) determining activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the agent compared to a control, wherein a change in activity is indicative of an agent that modulates the polypeptide' s activity.
16. The method of claim 15, wherein the activity is selected from the group consisting of disintegrin activity, cell adhesion activity, angiogenic activity, metalloproteinase activity, and a combination thereof.
17. The method of claim 15, wherein the polypeptide has disintegrin activity.
18. The method of claim 15, wherein the agent is selected from the group consisting of an antibody, a small molecule, a peptide, and a peptidomimetic.
19. A method for modulating angiogenesis in a cell or mammal, comprising contacting or administering to the cell or mammal a polypeptide of claim 1 in an amount effective to modulate disintegrin activity.
20. The method of claim 19, wherein the cell is contacted in vitro.
21. The method of claim 19, wherein the cell is contacted in vivo.
22. A method for modulating endothelial cell migration, comprising contacting the endothelial cell with a polypeptide of claim 1.
23. A method of inhibiting the binding of an integrin to a ligand comprising contacting or administering to a cell or mammal that expresses the integrin an effective amount of a polypeptide of claim 2 having disintegrin activity.
24. The method of claim 23, wherein the mammal is afflicted with a condition selected from the group consisting of ocular disorders; malignant and metastatic conditions; inflammatory diseases; osteoporosis and other conditions mediated by accelerated bone resoφtion; restenosis; inappropriate platelet activation, recruitment, or aggregation; thrombosis; and a condition requiring tissue repair or wound healing.
25. The method of claim 19 or 23, wherein the polypeptide is in the form of a multimer.
26. The method of claim 25, wherein the multimer is a dimer or trimer.
27. The method of claim 25, wherein the multimer comprises an Fc polypeptide, a leucine zipper, or a peptide linker.
28. A system for analyzing polypeptides or polynucleotides comprising a data set representing a set of one or more polypeptides of claim 1; a computer; and a computer algorithm in an executable format on the computer for analyzing the polypeptides.
PCT/US2001/023734 2000-07-28 2001-07-27 Metalloproteinase-disintegrin polypeptides and methods of making and use thereof WO2002010406A2 (en)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP01957300A EP1307568A2 (en) 2000-07-28 2001-07-27 Metalloproteinase-disintegrin polypeptides and methods of making and use thereof
JP2002516322A JP2004507234A (en) 2000-07-28 2001-07-27 Metalloproteinase-disintegrin polypeptides and methods for their production and use
MXPA03000522A MXPA03000522A (en) 2000-07-28 2001-07-27 Metalloproteinase-disintegrin polypeptides and methods of making and use thereof.
US10/343,251 US20040091473A1 (en) 2001-07-27 2001-07-27 Metalloproteinase-disintegrin polypeptides and methods of making and use thereof
CA002415436A CA2415436A1 (en) 2000-07-28 2001-07-27 Metalloproteinase-disintegrin polypeptides and methods of making and use thereof
AU2001279060A AU2001279060A1 (en) 2000-07-28 2001-07-27 Metalloproteinase-disintegrin polypeptides and methods of making and use thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US22183800P 2000-07-28 2000-07-28
US60/221,838 2000-07-28

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2002010406A2 true WO2002010406A2 (en) 2002-02-07
WO2002010406A3 WO2002010406A3 (en) 2003-01-16

Family

ID=22829610

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2001/023734 WO2002010406A2 (en) 2000-07-28 2001-07-27 Metalloproteinase-disintegrin polypeptides and methods of making and use thereof

Country Status (6)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1307568A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2004507234A (en)
AU (1) AU2001279060A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2415436A1 (en)
MX (1) MXPA03000522A (en)
WO (1) WO2002010406A2 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2453589A (en) * 2007-10-12 2009-04-15 King S College London Protease inhibition

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019187691A1 (en) * 2018-03-26 2019-10-03 株式会社カネカ Polypeptide having collagenase activity and method for producing said polypeptide

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001083782A2 (en) * 2000-05-04 2001-11-08 Sugen, Inc. Novel proteases
WO2001094416A2 (en) * 2000-06-07 2001-12-13 Curagen Corporation Human proteins and nucleic acids encoding same

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001083782A2 (en) * 2000-05-04 2001-11-08 Sugen, Inc. Novel proteases
WO2001094416A2 (en) * 2000-06-07 2001-12-13 Curagen Corporation Human proteins and nucleic acids encoding same

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
DATABASE MEDLINE [Online] June 2000 (2000-06) ZHOU Q ET AL: "Contortrostatin, a dimeric disintegrin from Agkistrodon contortrix contortrix, inhibits breast cancer progression." Database accession no. NLM10966001 XP002203869 & BREAST CANCER RESEARCH AND TREATMENT. NETHERLANDS JUN 2000, vol. 61, no. 3, June 2000 (2000-06), pages 249-260, ISSN: 0167-6806 *
KUNTZ I D ET AL: "STRUCTURE-BASED MOLECULAR DESIGN" ACCOUNTS OF CHEMICAL RESEARCH, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY. WASHINGTON, US, vol. 27, no. 5, May 1994 (1994-05), pages 117-123, XP000885741 ISSN: 0001-4842 *
NATH DEEPA ET AL: "Meltrin gamma (ADAM-9) mediates cellular adhesion through alpha6beta1 integrin, leading to a marked induction of fibroblast cell motility." JOURNAL OF CELL SCIENCE, vol. 113, no. 12, June 2000 (2000-06), pages 2319-2328, XP002203866 ISSN: 0021-9533 *
PERRY A C F ET AL: "ANALYSIS OF TRANSCRIPTS ENCODING NOVEL MEMBERS OF THE MAMMALIAN METALLOPROTEASE-LIKE, DISINTEGRIN-LIKE, CYSTEINE-RICH (MDC) PROTEINFAMILY AND THEIR EXPRESSION IN REPRODUCTIVE AND NON-REPRODUCTIVE MONKEY TISSUES" BIOCHEMICAL JOURNAL, PORTLAND PRESS, LONDON, GB, vol. 312, no. PART 1, 15 November 1995 (1995-11-15), pages 239-244, XP002069782 ISSN: 0264-6021 *

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2453589A (en) * 2007-10-12 2009-04-15 King S College London Protease inhibition
US9546198B2 (en) 2007-10-12 2017-01-17 Cancer Research Technology Limited Cyclic peptides as ADAM protease inhibitors
US10472393B2 (en) 2007-10-12 2019-11-12 Cancer Research Technology Limited Method for inhibiting ADAM proteases with cyclic peptides

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2004507234A (en) 2004-03-11
AU2001279060A1 (en) 2002-02-13
EP1307568A2 (en) 2003-05-07
MXPA03000522A (en) 2003-10-06
CA2415436A1 (en) 2002-02-07
WO2002010406A3 (en) 2003-01-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7175849B2 (en) Nectin polypeptides
US20060292144A1 (en) Human disintegrin protein
US8048994B2 (en) C-type lectin polypeptide, polynucleotide and methods of making and use thereof
US20080026402A1 (en) Hematopoietin receptors HPR1 and HPR2
AU2002213053A1 (en) Nectin polypeptides, polynucleotides, methods of making and use thereof
EP1311663B1 (en) Claudin polypeptides
US20070081973A1 (en) Cytokine polypeptides
AU2001284977A1 (en) Claudin polypeptides
US20040091473A1 (en) Metalloproteinase-disintegrin polypeptides and methods of making and use thereof
US7186802B2 (en) Claudin polypeptides
EP1305434B1 (en) A human disintegrin protein
US7189521B2 (en) Claudin polypeptides, polynucleotides, and methods of making and use thereof
WO2002010406A2 (en) Metalloproteinase-disintegrin polypeptides and methods of making and use thereof
AU2001280843A1 (en) A human disintegrin protein
AU2006200669A1 (en) Claudin polypeptides

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2415436

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/2003/000522

Country of ref document: MX

Ref document number: 2001279060

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2001957300

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2001957300

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 10343251

Country of ref document: US

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 2001957300

Country of ref document: EP